Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / World Acceptance Corporation / FY2019 Annual Report

World Acceptance Corporation
Annual Report 2019

WRLD · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker WRLD
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 2872
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · World Acceptance Corporation
Loading PDF…
2019 Annual Report

COMPANY PROFILE 

  WORLD  ACCEPTANCE  CORPORATION  (“World”),  founded  in  1962,  is  one  of  the  largest  small-loan  consumer 
finance  companies  in  the  United  States.    It  offers  short-term  small  loans,  medium-term  larger  loans,  related  credit  insurance 
products,  and  ancillary  products  to  individuals  who  have  limited  access  to  other  sources  of  consumer  credit.    It  also  offers 
income tax return preparation services to its customer base and to others. 

  World  emphasizes  quality  customer  service  and  the  building  of  strong  personal  relationships  with  its  customers.    As  a 
result,  a  substantial  portion  of  World's  business  is  repeat  business  from  the  renewal  of  loans  to  existing  customers  and  the 
origination of new loans to former customers.  As of March 31, 2019, World had approximately 850,000 customers.  During 
fiscal 2019, World loaned $2.7 billion in 1.8 million transactions.  World's loans are generally less than $4,000 with maturities 
of less than 42 months.  World’s average gross loan made in fiscal 2019 was $1,482, and the average contractual maturity was 
approximately thirteen months. 

As  of  June  30,  2019,  World  operated  1,218  offices  in  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Kentucky,  Louisiana, 

Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah and Wisconsin. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Item No.  Contents 

1. 
1A. 
1B. 
2. 
3. 
4. 

5. 
6. 
7. 
7A. 
8. 

9. 
9A. 
9B. 

10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 

15. 
16. 

Financial Highlights 
Message to Shareholders 

PART I 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
     Consolidated Balance Sheets 
     Consolidated Statements of Operations 
     Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity 
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

PART III 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

SIGNATURES 

2 

Page 

2 
3 

6 
6 
19 
36 
36 
36 
38 

38 

38 
41 
42 
56 
57 
57 
58 
59 
60 
62 
63 
96 
96 
97 

98 
98 
98 
98 
98 
98 

99 
99 
99 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share and statistical data) 

Select Statement of Operations Data: 

Total revenues. .......................................................................  

Net income .............................................................................  

Diluted earnings per share .......................................  

Selected Balance Sheet Data: 

Years Ended March 31, 

2019 

544,543 

37,325 

4.05 

2018 

502,669 

53,690 

5.99 

Change (%) 

8.3% 

(30.6%) 

(32.5%) 

Gross loans receivable ...........................................................  

1,127,957 

  1,004,233 

Total assets ............................................................................  

Total debt ...............................................................................  

Total shareholders' equity ......................................................  

Selected Ratios: 

Return on average assets ........................................................  

Return on average shareholders' equity .................................  

Shareholders' equity to assets ................................................  

Statistical Data: 

854,988 

251,940 

552,117 

8.8% 

13.6% 

64.6% 

840,987 

244,900 

541,108 

6.3% 

10.6% 

64.3% 

Number of customers at period end .......................................  

852,593 

779,399 

Number of loans made ...........................................................  

1,836,100 

  1,741,955 

Number of offices ..................................................................  

1,193 

1,177 

12.3% 

1.7% 

2.9% 

2.0% 

39.7% 

28.3% 

0.4% 

9.4% 

5.4% 

1.4% 

See our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes included herein.

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders 

Shareholders, 

During this season of tremendous growth and change, we’ve found that we, here at World, are who we have always 

been at our core: a people-focused finance company that provides good to our customers.  

Our Culture 

Since 1962, we have focused on providing financial products and services to a segment of the population that does not 
have ready access to credit.  We’ve succeeded because our products and services are valuable to our customers and we serve 
them  with  integrity  and  dignity.    In  many  cases,  we  help  our  customers  establish  credit  or  improve  their  financial  stability, 
which  in  turn  improves  credit  scores  and  helps  gain  access  to  more  credit  on  improved  terms.    In  2019, our  processes  have 
improved, but the core philosophy of our underwriting remains true - we seek to ensure that every customer has the ability and 
stability to make the payments before we lend money. Originating loans based on a customer’s ability to pay and not solely 
based  on  their  assets  (such  as  a  bank  account  or  collateral)  is  an  important  differentiation  for  us  as  a  lender,  and  one  that 
protects both our customers and shareholders. With 100% U.S. based customer service including the options to speak in person 
with  a  team  member  at  a  local  store  or  have  24-hour  account  access  online,  we  are  dedicated  to  enhancing  the  customer 
experience. It’s this relationship that we have with our customer that is vital to our successes in underwriting, servicing, and 
improving the loan performance of a credit challenged population. 

Last  year,  I  discussed  renaming  our  corporate  headquarters  from  “Home  Office”  to  “Branch  Service  Center”  (the 
BSC). We also stopped saying “Us, Them, Field, and Home Office” and focused more on “We.” It’s worked. For our Branch 
Service  Center  team  members,  their  primary  customers  are  the  team  members  who work  in  our  branches  and  the  prevailing 
sentiment  has become  one of  service  to  our  team  members  across the  country.   In other words, we help  improve  their  daily 
routines, remove non-essential work, and generally try to increase their satisfaction so they can deliver the best service to their 
customers. Over the last twelve months, we’ve stopped and restarted a few major projects to ensure and emphasize inclusion of 
the branch perspective related to processes that impact them. Improved cooperation, collaboration and shared successes have 
resulted. 

We are also rebranding World Finance to better reflect who we are. Our new logo and message are the product of a 
year of intense research from thousands of current and potential customers as well as team members. Often, companies rebrand 
based on an image they wish to project and then strive towards becoming that image.  This image is the reflection of who we 
already are with the successes to back it up.  We, like our customers, are truly “Getting Back to the Good.” It’s vital that our 
current  and  future  customers  know  how  much  we  appreciate  them  and  their  pursuit  to  improve  their  lives  before  they  ever 
apply  for  a  loan.  World  Finance  truly  offers  a  solution  to  those  in  need,  ensures  the  path  for  the  customer  is  positive,  and 
celebrates their successes. This is our point of differentiation in the market: helping our customers “Get Back to the Good” in 
life. 

An Exciting Year for our Customers 

We shared in remarkable results for our customers in fiscal 2019: 
•  We celebrate successfully extending credit to customers who did not previously have a credit score.  

o  Approximately 92,000 new customers received a loan who did not have a credit score 

•  We reward customers with great payment histories by allowing them to earn improved loan terms.  

o  More than 630,000 customers earned a larger credit limit  
o  More than 425,000 customers earned a lower interest rate 

•  We take pride in helping our customers improve their credit history and financial potential.  

o  Approximately 375,000 customers improved their credit score 
o  More than 110,000 customers improved their credit score out of deep subprime (less than 550) 
o  More than 115,000 customers improved their credit score out of subprime (less than 620) 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders 

These customer successes underscore our mission to help our customers improve their circumstances and get back to 

the good in life.  

Investments in People and Technology 

Throughout this fiscal year, we’ve increased our technological investments in areas that matter most: smart decisions 
and serving our customers. Investments in technology are designed to lower servicing costs without sacrificing the quality of 
service. Yet, even as technology becomes more integrated into our culture, we nonetheless continue to embrace the notion that 
we’re  a  people-focused  company  that  serves  our  customers  through  relationships  and  great  team  members.  Technological 
advancements have helped us increase quality contact with customers, bring more clarity to those conversations and decisions 
and advance our best practices. 

Great Financial Results for World 

In  fiscal  2019,  as  a  result  of  our  continuing  focus  on  our  customers,  ongoing  efforts  of  our  incredible  people  and  our 

advancing technology, the company achieved remarkable results: 

•  Gross Loans Receivable increased by 12.3% 
•  Customer base grew by 9.4% 
•  Total Revenues from Continuing Operations improved by 8.3% 
•  Web Applications increased by 36.1% 

We believe that these improvements in our culture and core business processes, coupled with strategic capital allocation, 
have  resulted  in  significant  increases  in  value  per  share  to  our  shareholders  over  the  prior  twelve  months.  In  addition  to 
growing  revenues,  our  customer  base  has  increased  as  well,  which  we  expect  will  further  fuel  future  portfolio  and  revenue 
growth.   The aforementioned improvements, coupled with increased confidence in our management team and operating results 
has led us to repurchase a significant amount of equity, returning value to our shareholders as well.  

We will continue our strategies to maximize shareholder value, provide good to our customers, differentiate ourselves in 

the marketplace, and treat our team members like family. 

Chad Prashad 
President & Chief Executive Officer 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introduction 

World  Acceptance  Corporation,  a  South  Carolina  corporation,  operates  a  small-loan  consumer  finance  (installment  loan) 
business in sixteen states as of March 31, 2019.  As used herein, the "Company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar formulations 
include World Acceptance Corporation and each of its subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. All references in 
this  report  to  “fiscal  2020”  are  to  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  ending  March  31,  2020;  all  references  in  this  report  to  "fiscal 
2019" are to the Company's fiscal year ended March 31, 2019; all references to “fiscal 2018” are to the Company’s fiscal year 
ended March 31, 2018; all references to “fiscal 2017” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended March 31, 2017; all references to 
"fiscal 2016" are to the Company's fiscal year ended March 31, 2016; and all references to "fiscal 2015" are to the Company's 
fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. 

PART I. 

Item 1. 

Description of Business 

General.  The  Company  was  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  South  Carolina  on  February  22,  1973  and  is  now  one  of  the 
nation's largest small-loan consumer finance companies, offering short- and medium-term installment loans as well as related 
credit  insurance,  ancillary  products  and  tax  services  to  individuals. The  Company  offers  standardized  installment  loans 
generally between $300 and $4,000, with the average loan being $1,482. The Company operates 1,193 branches in Alabama, 
Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Texas, 
Tennessee, Utah, and Wisconsin as of March 31, 2019. The Company generally serves individuals with limited access to other 
sources  of  consumer  credit  such  as  banks,  credit  unions,  other  consumer  finance  businesses  and  credit  card  lenders. The 
Company also offers income tax return preparation services to its loan customers and other individuals. 

The  small-loan  consumer  finance  industry  is  a  highly  fragmented  segment  of  the  consumer  lending  industry. Small-loan 
consumer  finance  companies  generally  make  loans  to  individuals  of  less  than  $2,000  with  maturities  of  less  than  18 
months. These  companies  approve  loans  based  on  the  creditworthiness  of  their  customers  and  maintain  close  contact  with 
borrowers to encourage the repayment or, when appropriate to meet the borrower’s needs, the refinancing of loans. By contrast, 
commercial  banks,  credit  unions  and  other  consumer  finance  businesses  typically  make  loans  of  more  than  $5,000  with 
maturities  of  greater  than  one  year. Those  financial  institutions  generally  approve  consumer  loans  based  on  the  security  of 
qualifying  personal  property  pledged  as  collateral  or  impose  more  stringent  credit  requirements  than  those  of  small-loan 
consumer  finance  companies. As  a  result  of  their  higher  credit  standards  and  specific  collateral  requirements,  commercial 
banks, savings and loans and other consumer finance businesses typically charge lower interest rates and fees and experience 
lower  delinquency  and  charge-off  rates  than  do  small-loan  consumer  finance  companies.  Small-loan  consumer  finance 
companies generally charge higher interest rates and fees to compensate for the greater risk of delinquencies and charge-offs 
and increased loan administration and collection costs. 

The majority of the participants in the industry are independent operators with generally less than 100 branches. We believe 
that  competition  between  small-loan  consumer  finance  companies  occurs  primarily  on  the  basis  of  the  strength  of  customer 
relationships,  customer  service  and  reputation  in  the  local  community  rather  than  pricing,  as  participants  in  this  industry 
generally charge interest rates and fees at, or close to, the maximum permitted by applicable state laws. We believe that our 
relatively large size affords us a competitive advantage over smaller companies by increasing our access to, and reducing our 
cost of, capital. 

Small-loan consumer finance companies are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and licensing under various federal 
and  state  statutes,  ordinances,  and  regulations.  Consumer  loan  offices  are  licensed  under  state  laws  which,  in  many  states, 
establish maximum loan amounts and interest rates and the types and maximum amounts of fees and other charges. In addition, 
state laws govern other aspects of the operation of small-loan consumer finance companies. Periodically, constituencies within 
states seek to enact stricter regulations that would affect our business. Furthermore, the industry is subject to numerous federal 
laws and regulations that affect lending operations. These federal laws require companies to provide complete disclosure of the 
principal  terms  of  each  loan  to  the  borrower  in  accordance  with  specified  standards  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  loan 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
transaction.  Federal  laws  also  prohibit  misleading  advertising,  protect  against  discriminatory  lending  practices  and  prohibit 
unfair, deceptive, or abusive credit practices. 

Expansion.  During fiscal 2019, the Company opened 25 new branches, purchased 17 branches, and merged or consolidated 26 
branches into existing branches due to their inability to generate sufficient returns or for efficiency reasons. In fiscal 2020, the 
Company  currently  plans  to  open  or  acquire  approximately  50  new  branches  by  increasing  the  number  of  branches  in  its 
existing market areas or commencing operations in new states where it believes demographic profiles and state regulations are 
attractive. The  Company  may  merge  other  branches  on  a  case-by-case  basis  based  on  profitability  or  other  factors.  The 
Company's ability to continue existing operations and expand its operations in existing or new states is dependent upon, among 
other things, laws and regulations that permit the Company to operate its business profitably and its ability to obtain necessary 
regulatory  approvals  and  licenses.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  laws  and  regulations  will  not  change  in  ways  that 
adversely affect the Company or that the Company will be able to obtain any such approvals or consents. See Part 1, Item 1A, 
“Risk Factors” for a further discussion of risks to our business and plans for expansion. 

The Company's expansion is also dependent upon its ability to identify attractive locations for new branches and to hire suitable 
personnel to staff, manage, and supervise new branches. In evaluating a particular community, the Company examines several 
factors,  including  the  demographic  profile  of  the  community,  the  existence  of  an  established  small-loan  consumer  finance 
market and the availability of suitable personnel. 

The following table sets forth the number of branches of the Company at the dates indicated: 

At March 31, 

State 

Alabama 
Georgia 
Idaho (1) 
Illinois 
Indiana (2) 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi (3) 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma 
South Carolina 
Tennessee 
Texas 
Utah (4) 
Wisconsin (5) 

Total 

2019 
65 
124 
19 
77 
35 
78 
47 
27 
77 
37 
69 
95 
107 
298 
9 
29 
1,193 

2018 
65 
123 
20 
82 
32 
78 
47 
25 
76 
38 
71 
97 
105 
291 
  — 
27 
1,177 

2017 
65 
125 
21 
80 
29 
77 
47 
20 
75 
39 
74 
92 
104 
291 
  — 
30 
1,169 

2016
69
114 
17 
82 
25 
79 
48 
20 
77 
42 
82 
96 
106 
300 
— 
29 
1,186

2015
68
113 
8 
82 
22 
79 
49 
12 
78 
44 
83 
99 
107 
300 
— 
28 
1,172

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) The Company commenced operations in Idaho in October 2014. 
(2) The Company commenced operations in Indiana in September 2012. 
(3) The Company commenced operations in Mississippi in September 2013. 
(4) The Company commenced operations in Utah in October 2018. 
(5) The Company commenced operations in Wisconsin in December 2010. 

2014
68
110 
— 
82 
17 
76 
48 
5 
76 
44 
83 
101 
105 
297 
— 
26 
1,138

2013
64
108 
— 
81 
8 
71 
47 
— 
76 
44 
82 
98 
105 
279 
— 
21 
1,084

2012 
62 
105 
— 
75 
— 
70 
44 
— 
72 
44 
82 
97 
105 
262 
— 
14 
1,032 

2011
51
103 
  — 
68 
  — 
66 
40 
  — 
66 
44 
82 
97 
103 
247 
  — 
5 
972

2010
44
101 
— 
64 
— 
61 
38 
— 
62 
39 
82 
95 
95 
229 
— 
— 
910

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mexico  Exit.    On  August  3,  2018  the  Company  and  its  affiliates  completed  the  sale  of  the  Company's  Mexico  operating 
segment  in  its  entirety.  The  Company  sold  all  of  the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  and  equity  interest  of  WAC  de 
Mexico and SWAC to the Purchasers, effective as of July 1, 2018, for a purchase price of approximately $44.36 million. The 
Company  has  provided,  and  may  continue  to  provide,  limited  ParaData  systems  and  software  training  to  the  Purchasers,  as 
requested. The Company has not and will not have any other involvement with the Mexico operating segment subsequent to the 
sale's effective date. The Company and its subsidiaries no longer operate in Mexico. Information about the Mexico operating 
segment is presented as discontinued operations in this annual report on Form 10-K. 

Loan and Other Products.  In each state in which we operate, we primarily offer pre-computed consumer installment loans that 
are  standardized  by  amount  and  maturity. Consumer  installment  loans  are  our  principal  product  and  interest  and  fee  income 
from  such  loans  accounted  for  86.2%,  86.7%,  and  87.2%  of  our  total  revenues  in  fiscal  years  2019,  2018,  and  2017, 
respectively. Our loans are payable in fully amortizing monthly installments with terms generally from 6 to 36 months and are 
pre-payable at any time without penalty. In addition, we offer income tax preparation and filing services as well as interest and 
fee-free tax advance loans. 

The following table sets forth information about our loan products for fiscal 2019: 

Small loans 
Large loans 

$
$

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Gross loan net of finance charges 

Minimum 
    Origination (1)

Maximum 
    Origination (1)   
2,500    
15,970    

100 $
2,500 $

Minimum 
Term 
(Months)

Maximum 
Term 
(Months)

4
12

25
48

Specific allowable interest, fees, and other charges vary by state and, consistent with industry practice, we generally charge at, 
or close to, the maximum rates allowable under applicable state law in those states that limit loan rates. The finance charge is a 
combination  of  origination  or  acquisition  fees,  account  maintenance  fees,  monthly  account  handling  fees,  interest  and  other 
charges permitted by the relevant state laws. As of March 31, 2019, the annual percentage rates on loans we offer for small and 
large loans, including interest, fees and other charges as calculated in accordance with the Federal Truth in Lending Act, ranged 
from 25% to 199%, depending on the loan size, maturity, and the state in which the loan was made. 

As of March 31, 2019, annual percentage rates applicable to our gross loans receivable as defined by the Truth in Lending Act 
were as follows: 

Low 

High 

Amount 

Percentage of total 
gross loans 
receivable 

25% 
37% 
51% 
61% 
71% 
81% 
91% 
101% 
121% 
151% 

36% $
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
120%
150%
199%

304,804,497
270,011,107
153,059,158
52,843,422
53,692,048
41,320,835
156,079,166
84,447,448
10,650,432
1,049,270

$

1,127,957,383

8 

27.0%
23.9%
13.6%
4.7%
4.8%
3.7%
13.8%
7.5%
0.9%
0.1%

100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
The Company, as an agent for an unaffiliated insurance company, markets and sells credit life, credit accident and health, credit 
property and auto, unemployment, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance in connection with its loans in selected 
states  where  the  sale  of  such  insurance  is  permitted  by  law. Credit  life  insurance  provides  for  the  payment  in  full  of  the 
borrower's credit obligation to the lender in the event of death. Credit accident and health insurance provides for repayment of 
loan installments to the lender that come due during the insured's period of income interruption resulting from disability from 
illness  or  injury. Credit  property  and  auto  insurance  insures  payment  of  the  borrower's  credit  obligation  to  the  lender  in  the 
event  that  the  personal  property  pledged  as  security  by  the  borrower  is  damaged  or  destroyed  by  a  covered 
event. Unemployment insurance provides for repayment of loan installments to the lender that come due during the insured’s 
period  of  involuntary  unemployment. Accidental  death  and  dismemberment  insurance  insures  against  unintentional  death  or 
dismemberment  of  the  insured.  The  Company  offers  credit  insurance  for  all  loans originated  in Georgia, Indiana, Kentucky, 
Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Missouri,  and  South  Carolina,  and  on  a  more  limited  basis  in  Alabama,  Oklahoma,  Tennessee,  and 
Texas. Customers in those states typically obtain such credit insurance through the Company. Charges for such credit insurance 
are made at filed, authorized rates and are stated separately in the Company's disclosure to customers, as required by the Truth 
in Lending Act and by various applicable state laws. In the sale of insurance policies, the Company, as an agent, writes policies 
only within limitations established by its agency contracts with the insurer. The Company does not sell credit insurance to non-
borrowers. 

The  Company  has  a  wholly  owned,  captive  insurance  subsidiary  that  reinsures  a  portion  of  the  credit  insurance  sold  in 
connection with loans made by the Company. Certain coverages currently sold by the Company on behalf of the unaffiliated 
insurance carrier are ceded by the carrier to the captive insurance subsidiary, providing the Company with an additional source 
of income derived from the earned reinsurance premiums. 

The  Company  also  offers  automobile  club  memberships  to  its  borrowers  in  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Indiana,  Kentucky, 
Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas, and Wisconsin, as an agent for an unaffiliated 
automobile  club. Club  memberships  entitle  members  to  automobile  breakdown  coverage,  towing  reimbursement  and  related 
services. The Company is paid a commission on each membership sold, but has no responsibility for administering the club, 
paying  benefits  or  providing  services  to  club  members. The  Company  primarily  sells  automobile  club  memberships  to 
borrowers. 

The table below shows the types of insurance and ancillary products the Company sells by state as of March 31, 2019: 

Credit Life 

Credit 
Accident 
and Health
X 
X 

Credit 
Property and 
Auto
X
X

X 
X 

X
X
X
X

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 
X 

Alabama (1) 
Georgia 
Idaho 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma (1) 
South Carolina 
Tennessee (1) 
Texas (1) 
Utah 
Wisconsin 
_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Credit insurance is offered for certain loans. 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X 
X 
X 
X 

X
X
X
X

9 

Unemployment

Accidental 
Death & 

Dismemberment Non-file 

X

X

X

X 

X 
X 
X 

X 

X
X

X

X
X
X
X

Automobile 
Club 
Membership
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Another service offered by the Company is income tax return preparation and electronic filing.  This program is provided in all 
but a few of the Company’s branches. The Company prepared approximately 91,000, 77,000 and 72,000 returns in fiscal years 
2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Net revenue generated by the Company from this program during fiscal 2019, 2018, and 
2017 amounted to approximately $21.5 million, $16.8 million, and $14.7 million, respectively. In addition, our tax customers 
are eligible to receive an interest and fee-free tax advance loan which is generally a percentage of the anticipated tax refund 
amount. The Company believes that this is a beneficial service for its existing customer base as well as non-loan customers, 
and it plans to continue to promote this program. 

The following table sets forth information about our tax advance loan product for fiscal 2019: 

Tax advance loans 

Minimum 
Origination 

100

Maximum 
Origination   
5,000   

Minimum 
Term 
(Months)

Maximum 
Term 
(Months)

8

8

Loan Receivables.  The following table sets forth the composition of the Company's gross loans receivable by state at March 31 
of each year from 2010 through 2019: 

At March 31, 

State 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012 

2011

2010

Alabama 
Georgia 
Idaho (1) 
Illinois 
Indiana (2) 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi (3) 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma 
South Carolina 
Tennessee 
Texas 
Utah (4) 
Wisconsin (5) 
Total (6) 

5% 
13 
1 
7 
2 
8 
3 
1 
7 
2 
7 
9 
12 
21 
  — 
2 
100% 

5% 
14 
— 
7 
2 
9 
2 
1 
7 
2 
7 
10 
13 
19 
— 
2 
100% 

4%
15 
— 
7 
2 
10 
2 
1 
7 
2 
7 
11 
13 
18 
— 
1 
100%

6%
13 
— 
7 
1 
10 
2 
— 
8 
2 
8 
10 
13 
19 
— 
1 
100%

5%
13 
— 
7 
1 
10 
2 
— 
8 
2 
8 
11 
13 
19 
— 
1 
100%

4%
13 
— 
8 
1 
9 
2 
— 
7 
2 
7 
12 
13 
21 
— 
1 
100%

4%
14 
— 
7 
— 
10 
2 
— 
7 
2 
7 
12 
14 
20 
— 
1 
100%

4% 
14 
— 
7 
— 
10 
2 
— 
6 
2 
6 
13 
15 
20 
— 
1 
100% 

4%
14 
— 
6 
— 
10 
2 
— 
6 
2 
7 
14 
15 
20 
— 
— 
100%

4%
15 
— 
6 
— 
9 
2 
— 
6 
3 
6 
13 
15 
21 
— 
— 
100%

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) The Company commenced operations in Idaho in October 2014. 
(2) The Company commenced operations in Indiana in September 2012. 
(3) The Company commenced operations in Mississippi in September 2013. 
(4) The Company commenced operations in Utah in October 2018. 
(5) The Company commenced operations in Wisconsin in December 2010. 
(6) The remaining percentage of our loans were attributed to our former Mexico operations. The Company sold its Mexico operations effective 
as of July 1, 2018. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the total number of loans, the average gross loan balance, and the gross loan balance by state at 
March 31, 2019: 

Alabama 
Georgia 
Idaho 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Kentucky 
Louisiana 
Mississippi 
Missouri 
New Mexico 
Oklahoma 
South Carolina 
Tennessee 
Texas 
Utah 
Wisconsin 

Total 

52,713    $ 
95,961   
9,818   
46,536   
18,889   
58,658   
30,297   
17,181   
42,521   
25,515   
58,875   
77,390   
88,762   
235,026   
3,822   
14,675   
876,639    $ 

Total 
Number 
of Loans

Average 
Gross Loan 
Balance 

Gross Loan 
Balance 
(thousands)
56,580
145,593
9,706
79,190
23,815
93,341
29,478
12,882
80,525
28,196
77,596
101,685
130,390
233,002
5,098
20,880

1,073 $
1,517
989
1,702
1,261
1,591
973
750
1,894
1,105
1,318
1,314
1,469
991
1,334
1,423

1,287 $ 1,127,957

Seasonality.  The  Company's  highest  loan  demand  occurs  generally  from  October  through  December,  its  third  fiscal 
quarter. Loan  demand  is  generally  lowest  and  loan  repayment  highest  from  January  to  March,  its  fourth  fiscal 
quarter. Consequently,  the  Company  experiences  significant  seasonal  fluctuations  in  its  operating  results  and  cash 
needs. Operating results for the Company's third fiscal quarter are generally lower than in other quarters, and operating results 
for its fourth fiscal quarter are generally higher than in other quarters. 

Lending and Collection Operations.  The Company seeks to provide short-term consumer installment loans to the segment of 
the population that has limited access to other sources of credit. In evaluating the creditworthiness of potential customers, the 
Company primarily examines the individual's discretionary income, length of current employment and/or sources of income, 
duration of residence, and prior credit experience. Loans are made to individuals on the basis of their discretionary income and 
other factors and are limited to amounts we believe that customers can reasonably be expected to repay from that income given 
our assessment of their stability and ability and willingness to pay. All loan applicants are required to complete standardized 
credit applications in person or by telephone at local Company branches. Each of the Company's local branches are equipped to 
perform rapid background, employment, and credit checks and approve loan applications promptly, often while the customer 
waits. The Company's employees verify the applicant's sources of income and credit histories through telephone checks with 
employers,  other  employment  references,  and  verification  with  various  credit  bureaus. Substantially  all  new  customers  are 
required to submit a listing of personal property that will serve as collateral to secure the loan, but the Company does not rely 
on  the  value  of  such  collateral  in  the  loan  approval  process  and  generally  does  not  perfect  its  security  interest  in  that 
collateral. Accordingly, if the customer were to default in the repayment of the loan, the Company may not be able to recover 
the outstanding loan balance by resorting to the sale of collateral. 

The  Company  believes  that  development  and  continual  reinforcement  of  personal  relationships  with  customers  improve  the 
Company's ability to monitor their creditworthiness, reduce credit risk, and generate customer loyalty. It is not unusual for the 
Company  to  have  made  a  number  of  loans  to  the  same  customer  over  the  course  of  several  years,  many  of  which  were 
refinanced  with  a  new  loan  after  the  borrower  had  reduced  the  existing  loan's  outstanding  balance  by  making  multiple 
payments. In determining whether to refinance existing loans, the Company typically requires loans to be current on a recency 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
basis, and repeat customers are generally required to complete a new credit application if they have not completed one within 
the prior two years. 

Approximately  78.7%,  79.0%,  and 79.7%  of  the  Company's  loans  were  generated  through  refinancings of outstanding  loans 
and the origination of new loans to previous customers in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. A refinancing represents a 
new loan transaction with a present customer in which a portion of the new loan proceeds is used to repay the balance of an 
existing  loan  and  the  remaining  portion  is  advanced  to  the  customer. The  Company  markets  the  opportunity  for  qualifying 
customers to refinance existing loans prior to maturity. In many cases the existing customer’s past performance and established 
creditworthiness  with  the  Company  qualifies  that  customer  for  a  larger  loan. This,  in  turn,  may  increase  the  fees  and  other 
income realized for a particular customer. For fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, the percentages of the Company's loan originations 
that were refinancings of existing loans were 66.2%, 65.9%, and 66.8%, respectively. 

The  Company  allows  refinancing  of  delinquent  loans  on  a  case-by-case  basis  for  those  customers  who  otherwise  satisfy  the 
Company's credit standards. Each such refinancing is carefully examined before approval in an effort to avoid increasing credit 
risk. A delinquent loan generally may be refinanced only if the customer has made payments that, together with any credits of 
insurance premiums or other charges to which the customer is entitled in connection with the refinancing, reduce the balance 
due on the loan to an amount equal to or less than the original cash advance made in connection with the loan. The Company 
does  not  allow  the  amount  of  the  new  loan  to  exceed  the  original  amount  of  the  existing  loan. The  Company  believes  that 
refinancing  delinquent  loans  for  certain  customers  who  have  made  periodic  payments  allows  the  Company  to  increase  its 
average  loans  outstanding  and  its  interest,  fees  and  other  income  without  experiencing  a  significant  increase  in  loan 
losses. These refinancings also provide a resolution to temporary financial setbacks for these borrowers and sustain their credit 
rating. Refinancings of delinquent loans represented 1.1%, 1.2%, and 1.2% of the Company’s loan volume in fiscal 2019, 2018, 
and 2017, respectively. 

To reduce late payment risk, local branch staff encourage customers to inform the Company in advance of expected payment 
problems. Local branch staff also promptly contact delinquent customers following any payment due date and thereafter remain 
in  close  contact  with  such  customers  through  phone  calls  or  letters  until  payment  is  received  or  some  other  resolution  is 
reached. The Company expanded our centralized collections in fiscal 2018, focusing on customers who have become more than 
90  days  past  due  on  a  recency  basis. In  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Indiana,  Illinois,  Kentucky,  Louisiana,  Missouri,  New 
Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Utah, and Wisconsin, the Company is permitted under state laws to garnish customers' wages 
for  repayment  of  loans, but  the  Company  does  not  otherwise  generally  resort  to  litigation for  collection purposes  and rarely 
attempts to foreclose on collateral. 

Insurance-related  Operations.  As  discussed  above,  in  certain  states,  the  Company  sells  credit  insurance  to  customers  in 
connection with its loans as an agent for an unaffiliated insurance company. These insurance policies provide for the payment 
of the outstanding balance of the Company's loan upon the occurrence of an insured event. The Company earns a commission 
on the sale of such credit insurance, which, for most products, is directly impacted by the claims experience of the insurance 
company  on  policies  sold  on  its  behalf  by  the  Company.  In  states  where  commissions  on  certain  products  are  capped,  the 
commission earned is not directly impacted by the claims experience. 

The  Company  has  a  wholly-owned,  captive  insurance  subsidiary  that  reinsures  a  portion  of  the  credit  insurance  sold  in 
connection with loans made by the Company. Certain coverages currently sold by the Company on behalf of the unaffiliated 
insurance carrier are ceded by the carrier to the captive insurance subsidiary, providing the Company with an additional source 
of  income  derived  from  the  earned  reinsurance  premiums. In  fiscal  2019,  the  captive  insurance  subsidiary  reinsured 
approximately  10.1%  of  the  credit  insurance  sold  by  the  Company  and  contributed  approximately  $1.8  million  to  the 
Company's total revenue. 
Non-Filing Insurance.  The Company typically does not perfect its security interest in collateral securing its smaller loans by 
filing UCC financing statements. Non-filing insurance premiums are equal in aggregate amount to the premiums paid by the 
Company  to  purchase  non-filing  insurance  coverage  from  an  unaffiliated  insurance  company. Under  its  non-filing  insurance 
coverage, the Company is reimbursed for losses on loans resulting from its policy not to perfect its security interest in collateral 
securing the loans. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Information  Technology.    ParaData  Financial  Systems,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company,  is  a  financial  services 
software company headquartered near St. Louis, Missouri. The Company uses the proprietary data processing software package 
developed by ParaData, to fully automate all of its loan account processing and collection reporting. 

Monitoring  and  Supervision.  The  Company's  loan  operations  are  organized  into  Southeastern,  Central,  and  Western 
Divisions. As  of  March  31,  2019  the  Southeastern  Division  consisted  of  Alabama,  Georgia,  Kentucky,  South  Carolina  and 
Tennessee; the Central Division consisted of Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, Oklahoma and Wisconsin; and the Western Division 
consisted  of  Idaho,  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  New  Mexico,  Texas,  and  Utah. Several  levels  of  management  monitor  and 
supervise the operations of each of the Company's branches. Branch managers are directly responsible for the performance of 
their respective branches. District supervisors are responsible for the performance of 8 to 11 branches in their districts. They 
typically  communicate  with  the  branch  managers  of  each  of  their  branches  at  least  weekly  and  visit  the  branches  at  least 
monthly. The Vice Presidents of Operations monitor the performance of all branches within their states (or partial state in the 
case  of  Texas),  primarily  through  communication  with  district  supervisors. These  Vice  Presidents  of  Operations  typically 
communicate  with  the  district  supervisors  of  each  of  their  districts  weekly  and  regularly  visit  branches.    The  Senior  Vice 
Presidents of each of the Southeastern, Central, and Western Divisions are responsible for supervising the Vice Presidents of 
Operations. 

Senior management has access to daily delinquency, loan volume, charge-off, and other statistical data on a consolidated, state 
and  branch  level. At  least  eight  times  per  fiscal  year  district  supervisors  examine  the  operations  of  each  branch  in  their 
geographic area and submit standardized reports detailing their findings to the Company's senior management. At least once 
per  year  each  branch  undergoes  an  audit  by  the  Company's  internal  auditors. These  audits  include  an  examination  of  cash 
balances  and  compliance  with  Company  loan  approval,  review  and  collection  procedures,  and  compliance  with  federal  and 
state laws and regulations. 

Staff  and  Training.  Local  branches  are  generally  staffed  with  two  to  four  employees. The  branch  manager  supervises 
operations  of  the  branch  and  is  responsible  for  approving  all  borrower  loan  applications  and  requests  for  increases  in  the 
amount  of  credit  extended. Each  branch  generally  has  one  or  two  branch  service  representatives  who  take  loan  applications, 
process loan applications, apply payments, and assist in the preparation of operational reports, collection efforts and marketing 
activities. Larger branches may employ additional branch service representatives. 

New  employees  are  required  to  review  detailed  training  materials  that  explain  the  Company's  operating  policies  and 
procedures. The Company tests each employee on the training materials during the first year of employment. In addition, each 
branch  associate  completes  an  online  training  session  once  every  week  and  attends  periodic  training  sessions  outside  the 
branch. The Company has also implemented an enhanced training tool known as World University, which provides continuous, 
real-time,  on-line  training  to  all  locations. This  allows  for  more  training  opportunities  to  be  available  to  all  employees 
throughout the course of their career with the Company. 

Advertising.  The  Company  actively  advertises  through  direct  mail,  targeting  both  its  present  and  former  customers  and 
potential customers who have used other sources of consumer credit. The Company obtains or acquires mailing lists from third 
party sources. In addition to the general promotion of its loans for last-minute needs, back-to-school needs and other uses, the 
Company  advertises  extensively  during  the  October  through  December  holiday  season  and  in  connection  with  new  branch 
openings.  The  Company  also  advertises  across  digital  platforms,  by  email  and  to  existing  customers  via  SMS/text.  The 
Company believes its advertising contributes significantly to its ability to compete effectively with other providers of small-
loan consumer credit. Advertising expenses as a percent of revenue were approximately 4.1%, 4.2%, and 3.4% in fiscal 2019, 
2018, and 2017, respectively. 
Competition.  The small-loan consumer finance industry is highly fragmented, with numerous competitors. The majority of the 
Company's competitors are independent operators with generally less than 100 branches. Competition from community banks 
and credit unions is limited because they typically do not make loans of less than $5,000. We believe that online lending could 
be  affecting  the  consumer  lending  market  within  which  we  operate.  While  it  appears  that  online  lenders  are  marketing  to  a 
different customer segment than that of our primary customers, some of our customers may overlap. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company believes that competition between small-loan consumer finance companies occurs primarily on the basis of the 
strength of customer relationships, customer service, and reputation in the local community rather than pricing, as participants 
in  this  industry  generally  all  charge  interest  rates  and  fees  at  or  close  to  the  maximum  permitted  by  applicable  laws. The 
Company  believes  that  its  relatively  larger  size  affords  it  a  competitive  advantage  over  smaller  companies  by  increasing  its 
access to, and reducing its cost of, capital. 

Several  of  the  states  in  which  the  Company  currently  operates  limit  the  size  of  loans  made  by  small-loan  consumer  finance 
companies and prohibit the extension of more than one loan to a customer by any one company. As a result, many customers 
borrow  from  more  than  one  finance  company,  which  enables  the  Company,  subject  to  the  limitations  of  various  consumer 
protection and privacy statutes, including, but not limited to, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, 
to obtain information on the credit history of specific customers from other consumer finance companies. 

Employees.  As of March 31, 2019, the Company had 3,624 employees, none of whom were represented by labor unions. The 
Company considers its relations with its employees to be good. The Company seeks to hire people who will become long-term 
employees, and, as a result, the vast majority of our field leadership has been promoted from within. 

Information about our Executive Officers.  The names and ages, positions, terms of office and periods of service of each of the 
Company's executive officers (and other business experience for executive officers who have served as such for less than five 
years)  are  set  forth  below. The  term  of  office  for  each  executive  officer  expires  upon  the  earlier  of  the  appointment  and 
qualification of a successor or such officer's death, resignation, retirement or removal. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
Name and Age 

Position 

R. Chad Prashad (38) 

President and Chief 
Executive Officer 

John L. Calmes Jr. (39) 

Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial and 
Strategy Officer, and 
Treasurer 

D. Clinton Dyer (46) 

Executive Vice President 
and Chief Branch 
Operations Officer 

Luke J. Umstetter (39) 

Senior Vice President, 
Secretary, and General 
Counsel 

A. Lindsay Caulder (43) 

Senior Vice President, 
Human Resources 

Jason E. Childers (44) 

Senior Vice President, 
Information Technology 
Strategic Solutions 

15 

Period of Service as Executive Officer and 
Pre-Executive Officer Experience (if an 
Executive Officer for Less Than Five Years)

President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  since  June 
2018;  Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Strategy  & 
Analytics  Officer  from  February  2018  to  June  2018; 
Vice  President  of  Analytics  from  June  2014  to 
February  2018;  Senior  Director  of  Strategy 
Development  for  Resurgent  Capital  Services  (a 
consumer  debt  managing  and  servicing  company) 
from  2013  to  June  2014;  Director  of  Legal  Strategy 
for Resurgent Capital Services from 2009 to 2013. 

Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  and 
Strategy  Officer  and  Treasurer  since  October  2018; 
Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and 
Treasurer  from  November  2015  to  October  2018; 
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
from December 2013 to November 2015; Director of 
Finance - Corporate and Investment Banking Division 
of  Bank  of  Tokyo-Mitsubishi  UFJ  in  2013;  Senior 
Manager  of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  from  2011  to 
2013; Manager of PricewaterhouseCoopers from 2008 
to 2011. 

Executive  Vice  President 
and  Chief  Branch 
Operations  Officer  since  February  2018;  Executive 
Vice President of Branch Operations from September 
2016  to  February  2018;  Senior  Vice  President, 
Southeastern  Division  from  November  2015 
to 
September  2016;  Senior  Vice  President,  Central 
Division  from  June  2005  to  November  2015;  Vice 
President, Operations –Tennessee and Kentucky from 
April 2002 to June 2005. 

Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel 
since  August  2018;  General  Counsel  and  Chief 
Compliance  Officer 
for  Shellpoint  Mortgage 
Servicing  from  December  2015  to  August  2018; 
General  Counsel  for  Global  Lending  Services  from 
May 2015 to December 2015; Managing Counsel for 
Resurgent Capital Services, June 2009 to May 2015. 

Senior  Vice  President,  Human  Resources  since 
October 2018; Vice President, Human Resources from 
February  2016  to  October  2018;  Divisional  Vice 
President  -  Human  Resources  of  Family  Dollar 
Corporation  from  2012  to  2016;  Director  -  Learning 
and  Talent  Acquisition  of  Family  Dollar  Corporation 
from 2009-2012. 

Senior  Vice  President, 
Information  Technology 
Strategic  Solutions  since  October  2018;  Vice 
President of IT Strategic Solutions from April 2016 to 
October  2018,  Partner  and  Head  of  IT  at  Sabal 
Financial  Group,  LP  from  March  2009  until  April 
2016. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Scott McIntyre (42) 

Senior Vice President, 
Accounting 

Senior  Vice  President  of  Accounting  since  October 
2018;  Vice  President  of  Accounting-US  from  June 
2013 to October 2018; Controller-US from June 2011 
to June 2013. 

Government Regulation. 

Operations.  Small-loan  consumer  finance  companies  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation,  supervision,  and  licensing  under 
various federal and state statutes, ordinances, and regulations. In many cases these statutes establish maximum loan amounts 
and  interest  rates  and  the  types  and  maximum  amounts  of  fees  and  other  charges. In  addition,  state  laws  regulate  collection 
procedures,  the  keeping  of  books  and  records,  and  other  aspects  of  the  operation  of  small-loan  consumer  finance 
companies. Generally,  state  regulations  also  establish  minimum  capital  requirements  for  each  local  branch. Accordingly,  the 
ability of the Company to expand by acquiring existing branches and opening new branches will depend in part on obtaining 
the necessary regulatory approvals. 

For example, Texas regulation requires the approval of the Texas Consumer Credit Commissioner for the acquisition, directly 
or indirectly, of more than 10% of the voting or common stock of a consumer finance company. A Louisiana statute prohibits 
any person from acquiring control of 50% or more of the shares of stock of a licensed consumer lender, such as the Company, 
without first obtaining a license as a consumer lender. The overall effect of these laws, and similar laws in other states, is to 
make it more difficult to acquire a consumer finance company than it might be to acquire control of an unregulated corporation. 

All of the Company's branches are licensed under the laws of the state in which the branch is located. Licenses in these states 
are  subject  to  renewal  every  year  and  may  be  revoked  for  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  state  and  federal  laws  and 
regulations. In  the  states  in  which  the  Company  currently  operates,  licenses  may  be  revoked  only  after  an  administrative 
hearing. 

The Company and its operations are regulated by several state agencies, including the following: 

•   The Alabama State Banking Department 
•   The Industrial Loan Division of the Office of the Georgia Insurance Commissioner  
•   The Idaho Department of Finance 
•   The Consumer Credit Division of the Illinois Department of Financial Institutions 
•   The Indiana Department of Financial Institutions 
•   The Kentucky Department of Financial Institutions 
•   The Louisiana Office of Financial Institutions 
•   The Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance 
•   The Missouri Division of Finance 
•   The Financial Institutions Division of the New Mexico Regulation and Licensing Department 
•   The Oklahoma Department of Consumer Credit 
•   The  Consumer  Finance  Division  of  the  South  Carolina  Board  of  Financial  Institutions  and  the  South  Carolina 

Department of Consumer Affairs 

•   The Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions  
•   The Texas Office of the Consumer Credit Commissioner 
•   The Utah Department of Financial Institutions  
•   The Wisconsin Department of Financial Institutions 

These  state  regulatory  agencies  audit  the  Company's  local  branches  from  time  to  time,  and  each  state  agency  performs  an 
annual compliance audit of the Company's operations in that state. 

Insurance.  The Company is also subject to state regulations governing insurance agents in the states in which it sells credit 
insurance. State insurance regulations require that insurance agents be licensed, govern the commissions that may  be paid to 
agents  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  credit  insurance  and  limit  the  premium  amount  charged  for  such  insurance. The 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company's captive insurance subsidiary is regulated by the insurance authorities of the Turks and Caicos Islands of the British 
West Indies, where the subsidiary is organized and domiciled. 

Consumer  finance  companies  are  affected  by  changes  in  state  and  federal  statutes  and  regulations.    The  Company  actively 
participates in trade associations and in lobbying efforts in the states in which it operates and at the federal level. There have 
been,  and  the  Company  expects  that  there  will  continue  to  be,  media  attention,  initiatives,  discussions,  proposals,  and 
legislation  regarding  the  entire  consumer  credit  industry,  as  well  as  our  particular  installment  loan  business,  and  possible 
significant changes to the laws and regulations that govern our business, or the authority exercised pursuant to those laws and 
regulations. In  some  cases,  proposed  or  pending  legislative  or  regulatory  changes  have  been  introduced  that  would,  if 
enacted,  have a material adverse effect on, or possibly even eliminate, our ability to continue our current business. We can give 
no assurance that the laws and regulations that govern our business, or the interpretation or administration of those laws and 
regulations,  will  remain  unchanged  or  that  any  such  future  changes  will  not  materially  and  adversely  affect,  or  in  the  worst 
case,  eliminate,  the  Company’s  lending  practices,  operations,  profitability,  or  prospects. See  "State  legislation"  and  “Federal 
legislation” below and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” for a further discussion of the potential impact of regulatory changes on 
our business. 

State  legislation.  The  Company  is  subject  to numerous  state  laws  and  regulations  that  affect  our  lending  activities. Many of 
these  regulations  impose  detailed  and  complex  constraints  on  the  terms  of  our  loans,  lending  forms  and  operations. Further, 
there is a trend of increased state regulation on loan origination, servicing, and collection procedures, as well as more detailed 
reporting  and examinations, and  coordination of  examinations  among  the  states.  Failure  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  and 
regulations could subject us to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment against us of civil, monetary, 
or other penalties. 

In addition, state authorities regulate and supervise our insurance operations. The extent of such regulation varies by product 
and  by  state,  but  relate  primarily  to  the  following:  licensing;  conduct  of  business,  including  marketing  and  sales  practices; 
periodic  financial  and  market  conduct  examination  of  the  affairs  of  insurers;  form  and  content  of  required  financial  reports; 
standards  of  solvency;  limitations  on  the  payment  of  dividends  and  other  affiliate  transactions;  types  of  products  offered;  
approval  of  policy  forms  and  premium  rates;  formulas  used  to  calculate  any  unearned  premium  refund  due  to  an  insured 
customer;  permissible  investments;  deposits  of  securities  for  the  benefit  of  policyholders;  reserve  requirements  for  unearned 
premiums, losses, and other purposes; and claims processing. 

In the past, several state legislative and regulatory proposals have been introduced which, had they become law, would have 
had a materially adverse impact on our operations and ability to continue to conduct business in the relevant state. Although to 
date  none  of  these  state  initiatives  have  been  successful,  state  legislatures  continue  to  receive  pressure  to  adopt  similar 
legislation  that  would  affect  our  lending  operations. For  example,  in  Missouri,  following  a  2013  failed  ballot  initiative,  the 
same  proponents  again  commenced  ballot  initiatives  to  legislatively  cap  annual  interest  rates  at  36%  and  to  constitutionally 
impose other  interest rate  limitations. The  proponents of  the rate  cap did  not obtain  sufficient  signatures  on  this  initiative  to 
have it placed on the November 2014 election ballot. A similar attempt to introduce rate cap legislation was initiated in New 
Mexico, but was tabled in early February 2015 by a legislative committee. There can be no assurance that proponents of these 
or similar initiatives will not pursue them and be successful in the future. 

In addition, any adverse change in existing laws or regulations, or any adverse interpretation or litigation relating to existing 
laws and regulations in any state in which we operate, could subject us to liability for prior operating activities or could lower 
or eliminate the profitability of our operations going forward by, among other things, reducing the amount of interest and fees 
we can charge in connection with our loans. If these or other factors lead us to close our branches in a state, then in addition to 
the loss of net revenues attributable to that closing, we would also incur closing costs such as lease cancellation payments, and 
we  would  have  to  write  off  assets  that  we  could  no  longer  use. If  we  were  to  suspend  rather  than  permanently  cease  our 
operations in a state, we may also have continuing costs associated with maintaining our branches and our employees in that 
state, with little or no revenues to offset those costs. 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal legislation.  In addition to state and local laws and regulations, we are subject to numerous federal laws and regulations 
that affect our lending operations. These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Military 
Lending  Act,  the  Fair  Credit  Reporting  Act,  and  the  regulations  thereunder,  and  the  Federal  Trade  Commission's  Credit 
Practices  Rule.  These  laws  require  the  Company  to  provide  complete  disclosure  of  the  principal  terms  of  each  loan  to  the 
borrower  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  loan  transaction,  prohibit  misleading  advertising,  protect  against  discriminatory 
lending  practices,  and  prohibit  unfair,  deceptive,  or  abusive  credit  practices. Among  the  principal  disclosure  items  under  the 
Truth  in  Lending  Act  and  the  CFPB's  Regulation  Z,  which  implements  this  statute,  are  the  terms  of  repayment,  the  final 
maturity,  the  total  finance  charge,  and  the  annual  percentage  rate  charged  on  each  loan. The  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act 
prohibits  creditors  from  discriminating  against  loan  applicants  on,  among  other  things,  the  basis  of  race,  color,  sex,  age,  or 
marital status. Pursuant to Regulation B promulgated under the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, creditors are required to make 
certain disclosures regarding consumer rights and advise consumers whose credit applications are not approved of the reasons 
for  the  rejection. The  Military  Lending  Act  applies  to  active-duty  service  members  and  their  covered  dependents.  We  are 
prohibited  from  charging  a  borrower  covered  under  the  Military  Lending  Act  more  than  a  36%  Military  Annual  Percentage 
Rate, which includes certain costs associated with the loan in calculating the interest rate. The Fair Credit Reporting Act, which 
among other things, governs the use of credit bureau reports and reporting information to credit bureaus. Additionally, the Fair 
Credit  Reporting  Act  requires  the  Company  to  provide  certain  information  to  consumers  whose  credit  applications  are  not 
approved on the basis of a report obtained from a consumer reporting agency and to provide additional information to those 
borrowers whose loans are approved and consummated if the credit decision was based in whole or in part on the contents of a 
credit report. The Credit Practices Rule limits the types of property a creditor may accept as collateral to secure a consumer 
loan. Violations  of  these  statutes  and  regulations  may  result  in  actions  for  damages,  claims  for  refund  of  payments  made, 
certain fines and penalties, injunctions against certain practices, and the potential forfeiture of rights to repayment of loans. 

Although these laws and regulations remained substantially unchanged for many years, over the last several years the laws and 
regulations  directly  affecting  our  lending  activities  have  been  under  review  and  are  subject  to  change  as  a  result  of  various 
developments and changes in economic conditions, the make-up of the executive and legislative branches of government, and 
the political and media focus on issues of consumer and borrower protection. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Media and 
public  characterization  of  consumer  installment  loans  as  being  predatory  or  abusive  could  materially  adversely  affect  our 
business, prospects, results of operations, and financial condition” below. Any changes in such laws and regulations could force 
us  to  modify, suspend,  or  cease  part  or,  in the  worst  case,  all  of  our  existing operations. It  is  also possible  that  the scope of 
federal regulations could change or expand in such a way as to preempt what has traditionally been state law regulation of our 
business  activities. The  enactment  of  one  or  more  of  such  regulatory  changes  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, results of operations, and prospects. 

Various legislative proposals addressing consumer credit transactions have been passed in recent years or are currently pending 
in  the  U.S.  Congress.  Congressional  members  continue  to  receive  pressure  from  consumer  activists  and  other  industry 
opposition  groups  to  adopt  legislation  to  address  various  aspects  of  consumer  credit  transactions.  As  part  of  a  sweeping 
package of financial industry reform regulations, in July 2010 Congress passed and the President signed into law the Dodd-
Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”).  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  established  the 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (commonly referred to as the CFPB), which has sweeping regulatory, supervisory, and 
enforcement  powers  over  providers  of  consumer  financial  products  and  services,  including  explicit  supervisory  authority  to 
examine and require registration of non-depository lenders and to promulgate rules that can affect the practices and activities of 
lenders. The CFPB continues to actively engage in the announcement and implementation of various plans and initiatives in the 
area of consumer financial transactions generally. Some of these CFPB announced plans and initiatives, if implemented, would 
directly affect certain loan products we currently offer and subject us to the CFPB’s supervisory authority. See Part II, Item 7, 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  -  Regulatory  Matters,”  for  more 
information regarding the CFPB's regulatory initiatives. 

The Dodd-Frank Act also gives the CFPB the authority to examine and regulate large non-depository financial companies and 
gives  the  CFPB  authority  over  anyone  deemed  by  rule  to  be  a  “larger  participant  of  a  market  for  other  consumer  financial 
products or services.” The CFPB contemplates regulating the installment lending industry as part of the “consumer credit and 
related  activities”  market.  However,  this  so-called  “larger  participant  rule”  will  not  impose  substantive  consumer  protection 

18 

 
 
 
 
requirements, but rather will provide to the CFPB the authority to supervise larger participants in certain markets, including by 
requiring  reports  and  conducting  examinations  to  ensure,  among  other  things,  that  they  are  complying  with  existing  federal 
consumer  financial  law.  While  the  CFPB  has  defined  a  “larger  participant”  standard  for  certain  markets,  such  as  the  debt 
collection,  automobile  finance,  and  consumer  reporting  markets,  it  has  not  yet  acted  to  define  “larger  participant”  in  the 
traditional installment lending market. If, in the future, a traditional installment lending “larger participant rule” is promulgated 
by the CFPB, the rule would likely cover only the largest installment lenders, and we do not yet know whether the definition of 
larger participant would cover us. 

In  addition  to  the  grant  of  certain  regulatory  powers  to  the  CFPB,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  gives  the  CFPB  authority  to  pursue 
administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws. In these proceedings, the CFPB can 
obtain  cease  and  desist  orders  (which  can  include  orders  for  restitution  or  rescission  of  contracts,  as  well  as  other  kinds  of 
affirmative  relief)  and  monetary  penalties.  Also,  where  a  company  has  violated  Title  X  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  or  CFPB 
regulations  thereunder,  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  empowers  state  attorneys  general  and  state  regulators  to  bring  civil  actions  to 
remedy violations of state law. 

Although  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  prohibits  the  CFPB  from  setting  interest  rates  on  consumer  loans,  efforts  to create  a  federal 
usury cap, applicable to all consumer credit transactions and substantially below rates at which the Company could continue to 
operate profitably, are still ongoing. Any federal legislative or regulatory action that severely restricts or prohibits the provision 
of  small-loan  consumer  credit  and  similar  services  on  terms  substantially  similar  to  those  we  currently  provide  would,  if 
enacted, have a material, adverse impact on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. Any federal 
law that would impose a national 36% or similar annualized credit rate cap on our services would, if enacted, almost certainly 
eliminate our ability to continue our current operations. See Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors - Federal legislative or regulatory 
proposals, initiatives, actions or changes that are adverse to our operations or result in adverse regulatory proceedings, or our 
failure to comply with existing or future federal laws and regulations, could force us to modify, suspend, or cease part or all of 
our  nationwide  operations,”  for  further  information  regarding  the  potential  impact  of  adverse  legislative  and  regulatory 
changes. 

Available Information. The Company maintains an Internet website, “www.LoansByWorld.com,” where interested persons will 
be able to access free of charge, among other information, the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, its quarterly reports on 
Form 10-Q, and its current reports on Form 8-K as well as amendments to these filings via a link to a third-party website. These 
documents  are  available  for  access  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  we  electronically  file  these  documents  with  the 
SEC. The  Company  files  these  reports  with  the  SEC  via  the  SEC’s  EDGAR  filing  system,  and  such  reports  also  may  be 
accessed via the SEC’s EDGAR database at www.sec.gov. Information included on or linked to our website is not incorporated 
by reference into this annual report. 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Forward-Looking Statements 

This  annual  report  contains  various  “forward-looking  statements”  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation 
Reform  Act  of  1995  that  are  based  on  management’s  beliefs  and  assumptions,  as  well  as  information  currently  available  to 
management. Statements other than those of historical fact, as well as those identified by the use of words such as “anticipate,” 
“estimate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “would,”  “could,”  and  any  variations  of  the 
foregoing and similar expressions, are forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any 
such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Any 
such statements are subject to certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties 
materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual financial results, performance or financial condition 
may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated, expected or implied by any forward-looking statements. 

Investors should consider the following risk factors, in addition to the other information presented in this annual report and the 
other reports and registration statements the Company files with or furnishes to the SEC from time to time, in evaluating us, our 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
business,  and  an  investment  in  our  securities. Any  of  the  following  risks,  as  well  as  other  risks,  uncertainties,  and  possibly 
inaccurate assumptions underlying our plans and expectations, could result in harm to our business, results of operations and 
financial condition and cause the value of our securities to decline, which in turn could cause investors to lose all or part of 
their investment in our Company. These factors, among others, could also cause actual results to differ materially from those 
we have experienced in the past or those we may express or imply from time to time in any forward-looking statements we 
make. Investors are advised that it is  impossible to identify or predict all risks, and those risks not currently known to us or 
those we currently deem immaterial also could affect us in the future. The following risks should not be construed as exclusive 
and should be read with the other cautionary statements that are in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company does not 
undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements, except as may be required by law, whether as a result of new 
information, future developments, or otherwise. 

Federal  legislative  or  regulatory  proposals,  initiatives,  actions,  or  changes  that  are  adverse  to  our  operations  or  result  in 
adverse regulatory proceedings, or our failure to comply with existing or future federal laws and regulations, could force us 
to modify, suspend, or cease part or all of our nationwide operations. 

We  are  subject  to  numerous  federal  laws  and  regulations  that  affect  our  lending  operations.  Although  these  laws  and 
regulations  have  remained  substantially  unchanged  for  many  years,  the  laws  and  regulations  directly  affecting  our  lending 
activities  have  been  under  review  and  subject  to  change  in  recent  years  as  a  result  of  various  developments  and  changes  in 
economic conditions, the make-up of the executive and legislative branches of government, and the political and media focus 
on issues of consumer and borrower protection. Any changes in such laws and regulations could force us to modify, suspend, or 
cease  part  or,  in  the  worst  case,  all  of  our  existing  operations.  It  is  also  possible  that  the  scope  of  federal  regulations  could 
change or expand in such a way as to preempt what has traditionally been state law regulation of our business activities. 

In July 2010 the Dodd-Frank Act was enacted. The Dodd-Frank Act restructured and enhanced the regulation and supervision 
of the financial services industry and created the CFPB, an agency with sweeping regulatory and enforcement authority over 
consumer  financial  transactions.  Although  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  prohibits  the  CFPB  from  setting  interest  rates  on  consumer 
loans, efforts to create a federal usury cap, applicable to all consumer credit transactions and substantially below rates at which 
the Company could continue to operate profitably, are still ongoing. Any federal legislative or regulatory action that severely 
restricts or prohibits the provision of small-loan consumer credit and similar services on terms substantially similar to those we 
currently  provide  would,  if  enacted,  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  prospects,  results  of  operations,  and 
financial condition. Any federal law that would impose a 36% or similar annualized credit rate cap on our services would, if 
enacted,  almost  certainly  eliminate  our  ability  to  continue  our  current  operations.  Given  the  uncertainty  associated  with  the 
manner in which various expected provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act have been and are expected to continue to be implemented 
by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our 
operations remains unclear; however, these regulations have increased and are expected to further increase our cost of doing 
business and time spent by management on regulatory matters, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s 
operations and results. 

The CFPB’s rulemaking and enforcement authority extends to certain non-depository institutions, including us. The CFPB is 
specifically  authorized,  among  other  things,  to  take  actions  to  prevent  companies  providing  consumer  financial  products  or 
services and their service providers from engaging in unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices in connection with consumer 
financial products and services, and to issue rules requiring enhanced disclosures for consumer financial products or services. 
The CFPB also has authority to interpret, enforce, and issue regulations implementing enumerated consumer laws, including 
certain  laws  that  apply  to  our  business.  Further,  the  CFPB  has  authority  to  designate  non-depository  “larger  participants”  in 
certain markets for consumer financial services and products for purposes of the CFPB’s supervisory authority under the Dodd-
Frank Act. Such designated “larger participants” are subject to reporting and on-site compliance examinations by the CFPB, 
which may result in increased compliance costs and potentially greater enforcement risks based on these supervisory activities. 
Although the CFPB has not yet developed a “larger participant” rule that directly covers the Company’s installment lending 
business,  in  June  2016  the  CFPB  stated  that  it  expects  to  conduct  separate  rulemaking  to  identify  larger  participants  in  the 
installment lending market for purposes of its supervision program. Though the timing of any such rulemaking is uncertain, the 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
Company believes that the implementation of such rules would likely bring the Company’s business under the CFPB’s direct 
supervisory authority. 
On  October  5,  2017,  the  CFPB  issued  a  final  rule  under  its  unfair,  deceptive  and  abusive  acts  and  practices  rulemaking 
authority relating to payday, vehicle title, and similar loans. The final rule imposes limitations on (i) short-term consumer, (ii) 
longer-term consumer installment loans with balloon payments, and (iii) higher-rate consumer installment loans repayable by a 
payment authorization.  The final rule requires lenders originating short-term loans and longer-term balloon payment loans to 
first make a good-faith reasonable determination that the consumer has the ability to repay the covered loan along with current 
obligations and expenses (“ability to repay requirements”).  The final rule also curtails repeated unsuccessful attempts to debit 
consumers’ accounts for short-term loans, balloon payment loans, and installment loans that involve a payment authorization 
and an Annual Percentage Rate over 36% (“payment requirements”).  Although the Company does not make loans with terms 
of 45 days or less or obtain access to a customer’s bank account or paycheck for repayment of any of its loans, it does make 
some vehicle-secured loans with an Annual Percentage Rate within the scope of the final rule. Pursuant to the ability to repay 
requirements,  a  lender  must  consider  and  verify  the  amount  and  timing  of  the  consumer’s  income,  the  consumer’s  major 
financial obligations, and the consumer’s borrowing history prior to making a covered loan. Lenders would also be required to 
determine that a consumer is able to make all projected payments under the covered longer-term loan as those payments are 
due, while still fulfilling other major financial obligations and meeting living expenses. This ability to repay assessment applies 
to  both  the  initial  longer-term  loan  and  to  any  subsequent  refinancing.  In  addition,  the  final  rule  includes  a  rebuttable 
presumption  that  customers  seeking  to  refinance  a  covered  longer-term  loan  lack  an  “ability  to  repay”  if  at  the  time  of 
refinancing: (i) the borrower was delinquent by more than seven days or had recently been delinquent on an outstanding loan 
within the past 30 days; (ii) the borrower stated or indicated an inability to make a scheduled payment within the past 30 days; 
(iii) the refinancing would result in the first scheduled payment to be due in a longer period of time than between the time of 
refinancing  the  loan  and  the  next  regularly  scheduled  payment  on  the  outstanding  loan;  or  (iv)  the  refinancing  would  not 
provide the consumer a disbursement of funds or an amount that would not substantially exceed the amount of payment due on 
the outstanding loan within 30 days of refinancing. To overcome this presumption of inability to repay, the lender must verify 
an improvement in the borrower’s financial capacity to indicate an ability to repay the additional extension of credit. The final 
rule has significant differences from the CFPB’s proposed rules announced on June 2, 2016. Further, on February 6, 2019, the 
CFPB issued two notices of proposed rulemaking regarding potential amendments to the Rule.  First, the CFPB is proposing to 
rescind provisions of the Rule governing the ability to repay requirements.  Second, the CFPB is proposing to delay the August 
19, 2019 compliance date for part of the Rule, including the ability to repay requirements. These proposed amendments are not 
yet final and are subject to possible change before any final amendments would be issued and implemented.  We cannot predict 
what  the ultimate  rulemaking  will  provide. The  Company  does not  believe  that  these  changes,  as  currently  described  by  the 
CFPB,  would  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  existing  lending  procedures,  because  the  Company  currently 
underwrites  all  its  loans  (including  those  secured  by  a  vehicle  title  that  would  fall  within  the  scope  of  these  proposals)  by 
reviewing the customer’s ability to repay based on the Company’s standards. However, the changes for longer-term loans will 
require  changes  to  the  Company’s  practices  and  procedures  for  such  loans,  which  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s ability to  make such loans, the cost of making such loans, the Company’s ability to, or frequency with which it 
could, refinance any such loans, and the profitability of such loans. Any regulatory changes could have effects beyond those 
currently contemplated that could further materially and adversely impact our business and operations. The Company will have 
to comply with the final rule’s payment requirements since it allows consumers to set up future recurring payments online for 
certain covered loans such that it meets the definition of having a “leveraged payment mechanism” under the final rule. The 
payment provisions of the final rule are expected to go into effect on August 19, 2019.  If the payment provisions of the final 
rule  apply,  the  Company  will  have  to  modify  its  loan  payment  procedures  to  comply  with  the  required  notices  within  the 
mandated timeframes set forth in the final rule. 

In  addition  to  the  specific  matters  described  above,  other  aspects  of  our  business  may  be  the  subject  of  future  CFPB 
rulemaking.  The  enactment  of  one  or  more  of  such  regulatory  changes,  or  the  exercise  of  broad  regulatory  authority  by 
regulators, including but not limited to, the CFPB, having jurisdiction over the Company’s business or discretionary consumer 
financial transactions generically, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects. See 
Part  I,  Item  1,  “Business-Government  Regulation”  for  more  information  regarding  legislation  we  are  subject  to  and  related 
risks. 

21 

 
 
 
We  have  experienced  significant  turnover  in  our  senior  management,  and  our  business  may  be  adversely  affected  by  the 
transitions in our senior management team. 
Executive leadership transitions can be inherently difficult to manage and may cause disruption to our business. As a result of 
recent executive turnover, our existing management team has taken on substantially more responsibility, which has resulted in 
greater  workload  demands  and  could  divert  their  attention  away  from  certain  key  areas  of  our  business.  In  addition, 
management  transition  inherently  causes  some  loss  of  institutional  knowledge,  which  can  negatively  affect  strategy  and 
execution, and our results of operations and financial condition could be negative impacted as a result. The loss of services of 
one or more other members of senior management, or the inability to attract qualified permanent replacements, could have a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  If  we  fail  to  successfully  attract  and  appoint  permanent  replacements  with  the 
appropriate expertise, we could experience increased employee turnover and harm to our business, results of operations, cash 
flow and financial condition. The search for permanent replacements could also result in significant recruiting and relocation 
costs. 

The  departure,  transition, or  replacement of key personnel  could  significantly  impact  the  results  of our  operations.  If  we 
cannot continue to hire and retain high-quality employees, our business and financial results may be negatively affected. 

Our  future  success  significantly  depends  on  the  continued  service  and  performance  of  our  key  management  personnel. 
Competition for these employees is intense. Our operating results could be adversely affected by higher employee turnover or 
increased salary and benefit costs. Like most businesses, our employees are important to our success and we are dependent in 
part  on  our  ability  to  retain  the  services  of  our  key  management,  operational,  compliance,  finance,  and  administrative 
personnel. We have built our business on a set of core values, and we attempt to hire employees who are committed to these 
values. We want to hire and retain employees who will fit our culture of compliance and of providing exceptional service to our 
customers. In order to compete and to continue to grow, we must attract, retain, and motivate employees, including those in 
executive, senior management, and operational positions. As our employees gain experience and develop their knowledge and 
skills, they become highly desired by other businesses. Therefore, to retain our employees, we must provide a satisfying work 
environment and competitive compensation and benefits. If costs to retain our skilled employees increase, then our business 
and financial results may be negatively affected. 

We may be exposed to liabilities under the FCPA, and any determination that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has 
violated the FCPA could have a material adverse effect on our business and liquidity. 

We are subject to the FCPA and various other anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws. We face significant risks and liability if we 
fail  to  comply  with  these  laws, which  generally  prohibit  companies  and  their  employees  and  third-party  intermediaries  from 
authorizing,  offering,  or  providing,  directly  or  indirectly,  improper  payments  or  benefits  to  foreign  government  officials, 
political  parties  or  candidates,  employees  of  public  international  organizations,  or  private-sector  recipients  for  the  corrupt 
purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. As discussed in Part I, 
Item 3, “Legal Proceedings-Mexico Investigation,” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have retained outside counsel and 
forensic accountants to conduct an  investigation of certain transactions and payments in Mexico that potentially implicate the 
Company in violations of the FCPA, including the books and records provisions of the FCPA. In addition, we have informed 
the DOJ and the SEC of these matters and will continue to fully cooperate with these agencies in their review and investigation. 
The SEC has issued a formal order of investigation in connection with these matters. 

If violations  of  the  FCPA occurred,  the  Company  could be  subject  to fines,  civil  and criminal  penalties,  equitable remedies, 
including  profit  disgorgement  and  related  interest,  and  injunctive  relief.  In  addition,  any  disposition  of  these  matters  could 
adversely impact the Company’s access to debt financing and capital funding and result in further modifications to our business 
practices and compliance programs. Any disposition could also potentially require that a monitor be appointed to review future 
business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with the FCPA and other applicable laws. The Company could also 
face fines, sanctions, and other penalties from authorities in Mexico, as well as third-party claims by shareholders and/or other 
stakeholders of the Company. In addition, disclosure of the investigation or its ultimate disposition could adversely affect the 
Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from its current customers and potential 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. Additional potential FCPA violations or violations 
of other laws or regulations may be uncovered through the investigation. 

In addition to the ultimate liability for disgorgement and related interest, the Company believes that it could be further liable for 
fines  and  penalties.  The  Company  is  continuing  its  discussions  with  the  DOJ  and  SEC  regarding  the  matters  under 
investigation, but the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount of any fine or penalty that it may have to pay as a part 
of  any  possible  settlement  or  assess  the  potential  liability  that  might  be  incurred  if  a  settlement  is  not  reached  and  the 
government were to litigate the matter. 

Detecting,  investigating,  and  resolving  these  matters  is  expensive  and  consumes  significant  time  and  attention  of  the 
Company’s senior management. While we are currently unable to predict what actions the DOJ, SEC, or other governmental 
agencies (including governmental agencies in Mexico) might take, or what the likely outcome of any such actions might be, we 
may  incur substantial additional expenses responding to such actions. In addition, such actions, fines, and/or penalties could 
adversely  affect  the  Company’s  reputation  and  its  ability  to  obtain  new  business  or  retain  existing  business  from  its  current 
customers and potential customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. If it is determined that a 
violation  of  the  FCPA  has  occurred,  such  violation,  or  a  settlement  thereof,  may  give  rise  to  an  event  of  default  under  the 
agreement governing our revolving credit facility, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity. See Part I, Item 
1A, “Risk Factors- We depend to a substantial extent on borrowings under our revolving credit agreement to fund our liquidity 
needs” and “-The terms of our debt limit how we conduct our business.” 

Our investigation of our previous operations in Mexico may expose the Company to other potential liabilities in addition to 
any potential liabilities under the FCPA and cause the Company to incur substantial expenses. 

In  addition  to  the  FCPA  implications  of  our  internal  investigation  into  our  previous  Mexico  operations,  as  described  in  the 
preceding risk factor, our internal investigation may also uncover other material violations of federal and local laws, including 
but not limited to violations of tax laws and regulations. Any such violations could expose us to lawsuits and other liabilities 
under  applicable  law  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and  our  liquidity.  Investigating,  uncovering,  and 
resolving  these  matters  is  expensive  and  continues  to  consume  significant  time  and  attention  of  the  Company’s  senior 
management. In addition, we may incur substantial additional expenses responding to potential lawsuits and the results thereof 
could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from our current clients 
and potential clients, to attract and retain employees, and to access the capital markets. 

We may suffer significant liability in connection with indemnification provisions of the stock purchase agreement pursuant 
to which we sold our Mexico subsidiaries. 

In the second quarter of fiscal year 2019, we completed the sale of our two Mexico subsidiaries, WAC de Mexico and SWAC, 
to the Purchasers. Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement, we are obligated to indemnify the Purchasers for claims 
and  liabilities  relating  to  certain  investigations  of  WAC  de  Mexico,  SWAC,  or  the  Sellers  by  the  DOJ  or  the  SEC  that 
commenced  prior  to  July  1,  2018.  Any  such  indemnification  claims  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
condition, including liquidity, and results of operations. 

Litigation and regulatory actions, including challenges to the arbitration clauses in our customer agreements, could subject 
us to significant class actions, fines, penalties, judgments and requirements resulting in increased expenses and potential 
material adverse effects on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  from  time  to  time,  we  have  been  involved  in  various  legal  actions,  including  arbitrations, 
class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our business activities. All such legal proceedings are inherently 
unpredictable  and,  regardless  or  the  merits  of  the  claims,  litigation  is  often  expensive,  time  consuming,  disruptive  to  our 
operations  and  resources,  and  distracting  to  management.  If  resolved  against  us,  such  legal  proceedings  could  result  in 
excessive  verdicts  and  judgments,  injunctive  relief,  equitable  relief,  and  other  adverse  consequences  that  may  affect  our 
financial condition and how we operate our business. Similarly, if we settle such legal proceedings, it may affect our financial 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
condition and how we operate our business. Future court decisions, alternative dispute resolution awards, business expansion or 
legislative  activity  may  increase  our  exposure  to  litigation  and  regulatory  investigations.  In  some  cases,  substantial  non-
economic remedies or punitive damages may be sought. 
Although  we  maintain  liability  insurance  coverage,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  coverage  will  cover  any  particular 
verdict,  judgment,  or  settlement  that  may  be  entered  against  us,  that  such  coverage  will  prove  to  be  adequate,  or  that  such 
coverage will continue to remain available on acceptable terms, if at all. If in any legal proceeding we incur liability or defense 
costs that exceed our insurance coverage or that are not within the scope of our insurance coverage, it could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation. 

Certain legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and punitive damages, or claims for indeterminate amounts of 
damages. While the arbitration provisions in our customer agreements historically have limited our exposure to consumer class 
action litigation, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in enforcing our arbitration clause in the future. There 
may also be legislative, administrative or regulatory efforts to directly or indirectly prohibit the use of pre-dispute arbitration 
clauses,  or  we  may  be  compelled  as  a  result  of  competitive  pressure  or  reputational  concerns  to  voluntarily  eliminate  pre-
dispute arbitration clauses. 

Unfavorable state legislative or regulatory actions or changes, adverse outcomes in litigation or regulatory proceedings or 
failure to comply with existing laws and regulations could force us to cease, suspend or modify our operations in a state, 
potentially resulting in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

In  addition  to  federal  laws  and  regulations,  we  are  subject  to  numerous  state  laws  and  regulations  that  affect  our  lending 
activities.  Many  of  these  regulations  impose  detailed  and  complex  constraints  on  the  terms  of  our  loans,  lending  forms  and 
operations. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to regulatory enforcement action that could 
result in the assessment against us of civil, monetary, or other penalties, including the suspension or revocation of our licenses 
to lend in one or more jurisdictions. 

As discussed elsewhere in this report, the Company’s operations are subject to extensive state and federal laws and regulations, 
and changes in those laws or regulations or their application could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
results of operations, prospects or ability to continue operations in the jurisdictions affected by these changes. See Part I, Item 
1,  “Business-Government  Regulation-State  Legislation”  and  “-Federal  Legislation,”  and  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors,”  for 
more information regarding this legislation and related risks. 

Passage of adverse legislation, such as rate caps on financial lending products or similar initiatives, in any of the states in which 
we  operate  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  results  of  operations,  prospects,  or  ability  to 
continue operations in the jurisdictions affected by such changes. We can give no assurance that the laws and regulations that 
govern our business, or the interpretation or administration of those laws and regulations, will remain unchanged or that any 
such future changes will not materially and adversely affect or in the worst case, eliminate the Company’s lending practices, 
operations, profitability, or prospects. 

In addition, any adverse change in existing laws or regulations, or any adverse interpretation or litigation relating to existing 
laws and regulations in any state in which we operate, could subject us to liability for prior operating activities or could lower 
or eliminate the profitability of our operations going forward by, among other things, reducing the amount of interest and fees 
we can charge in connection with our loans. If these or other factors lead us to close our branches in a state, then in addition to 
the loss of net revenues attributable to that closing, we would also incur closing costs such as lease cancellation payments and 
we  would  have  to  write  off  assets  that  we  could  no  longer  use.  If  we  were  to  suspend  rather  than  permanently  cease  our 
operations in a state, we may also have continuing costs associated with maintaining our branches and our employees in that 
state, with little or no revenues to offset those costs. 

Changes in local laws and regulations or interpretations of local laws and regulations could negatively impact our business, 
results of operations, and financial condition. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business is subject to various local laws and regulations, such as local 
zoning  regulations.  Local  zoning  boards  and  other  local  governing  bodies  have  been  increasingly  restricting  the  permitted 
locations  of  consumer  finance  companies.  Any  future  actions  taken  to  require  special  use  permits  for  or  impose  other 
restrictions on our ability to provide products could adversely affect our ability to expand our operations or force us to attempt 
to  relocate  existing  branches.  If we  were  forced  to  relocate  any  of our branches,  in  addition  to  the  costs  associated  with  the 
relocation, we may be required to hire new employees in the new areas, which may adversely impact the operations of those 
branches. Relocation of an existing branch may also hinder our collection abilities, as our business model relies in part on the 
locations of our branches being close to where our customers live in order to successfully collect on outstanding loans. 

Media  and  public  characterization  of  consumer  installment  loans  as  being  predatory  or  abusive  could  have  a  materially 
adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. 

Consumer  activist  groups  and  various  other  media  sources  continue  to  advocate  for  governmental  and  regulatory  action  to 
prohibit  or  severely  restrict  our  products  and  services.  These  critics  frequently  characterize  our  products  and  services  as 
predatory  or  abusive  toward  consumers.  If  this  negative  characterization  of  the  consumer  installment  loans  we  make  and/or 
ancillary services we provide becomes widely accepted by government policy makers or is embodied in legislative, regulatory, 
policy  or  litigation  developments  that  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  continue  offering  our  products  and  services  or  the 
profitability of these products and services, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and 
adversely affected. Furthermore, our industry is highly regulated, and announcements regarding new or expected governmental 
and regulatory action regarding consumer lending may adversely impact perceptions of our business even if such actions are 
not targeted at our operations and do not directly impact us. 

Damage to our reputation could negatively impact our business. 

Maintaining a strong reputation is critical to our ability to attract and retain customers, investors, and employees. Harm to our 
reputation can arise from many sources, including employee misconduct, misconduct by third-party service providers or other 
vendors, litigation or regulatory actions, failure by us to meet minimum standards of service and quality, inadequate protection 
of customer information, and compliance failures. Negative publicity regarding our Company (or others engaged in a similar 
business or similar activities), whether or not accurate, may damage our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect 
on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

Employee misconduct or misconduct by third parties acting on our behalf could harm us by subjecting us to monetary loss, 
significant legal liability, regulatory scrutiny, and reputational harm. 

There is a risk that our employees or third-party contractors could engage in misconduct that adversely affects our business. For 
example,  if  an  employee  or  a  third-party  contractor  were  to  engage  in,  or  be  accused  of  engaging  in,  illegal  or  suspicious 
activities  including  fraud  or  theft,  we  could  suffer  direct  losses  from  the  activity.  Additionally,  we  could  be  subject  to 
regulatory sanctions and suffer serious harm to our reputation, financial condition, customer relationships and ability to attract 
future  customers.  Employee  or  third-party  misconduct  could  prompt  regulators  to  allege  or  to  determine  based  upon  such 
misconduct that we have not established adequate supervisory systems and procedures to inform employees of applicable rules 
or to detect violations of such rules. Our branches have experienced employee fraud from time to time, and it is not always 
possible to deter employee or third-party misconduct. The precautions that we take to detect and prevent misconduct may not 
be  effective  in  all  cases.  Misconduct  by  our  employees  or  third-party  contractors,  or  even  unsubstantiated  allegations  of 
misconduct, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business. 

Interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our borrowing costs, profitability and liquidity. 

Our  profitability  may  be  directly  affected  by  the  level  of  and  fluctuations  in  interest  rates,  whether  caused  by  changes  in 
economic conditions or other factors that affect our borrowing costs. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are 
beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies and, 
in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence the 
amount  of  interest  we  pay  on  our  revolving  credit  facility  or  any  other  floating  interest  rate  obligations  we  may  incur.  Our 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
profitability and liquidity could be materially adversely affected during any period of higher interest rates. See Part II, Item 7A, 
“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk” for additional information regarding our interest rate risk. 

We depend to a substantial extent on borrowings under our revolving credit agreement to fund our liquidity needs. 
Our revolving credit agreement allows us to borrow up to $480.0 million through June 15, 2020. Pursuant to the terms of our 
revolving  credit  agreement,  we  are  required  to  comply  with  a  number  of  covenants  and  conditions,  including  a  minimum 
borrowing base calculation. If our existing sources of liquidity become insufficient to satisfy our financial needs or our access 
to these sources becomes unexpectedly restricted, we may need to try to raise additional capital in the future. If such an event 
were to occur, we can give no assurance that such alternate sources of liquidity would be available to us at all or on favorable 
terms. Additional  information  regarding  our  liquidity  risk  is  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

Uncertainty about the future of LIBOR may adversely affect our business. 

Borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bear interest at rates that are calculated based on LIBOR. On July 27, 2017, 
the Chief Executive of the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to 
stop persuading or compelling banks to submit rates for the calibration of LIBOR to the administrator of LIBOR after 2021. 
The announcement indicates that the continuation of LIBOR on the current basis cannot and will not be guaranteed after 2021. 
It is impossible to predict whether and to what extent banks will continue to provide LIBOR submissions to the administrator 
of  LIBOR  or  whether  any  additional  reforms  to  LIBOR  may  be  enacted  in  the  United  Kingdom  or  elsewhere.  Although 
alternative  reference  rates  have  been  proposed,  it  is  unknown  whether  these  alternative  reference  rates  will  attain  market 
acceptance as replacements of LIBOR. 

If LIBOR ceases to exist, the method and rate used to calculate our variable-rate debt in the future may result in interest rates 
and/or  payments  that  are  higher  than,  lower  than,  or  that  do  not  otherwise  correlate  over  time  with  the  interest  rates  and/or 
payments  that  would  have  been  made  on  our  obligations  if  LIBOR  was  available  in  its  current  form.  There  is  currently  no 
definitive information regarding the future utilization of LIBOR or of any particular replacement rate. As such, the potential 
effect of any such event on our cost of capital, financial results, and cash flows cannot yet be determined. 

Our risk management efforts may not be effective. 

We  could  incur  substantial  losses  and  our  business  operations  could  be  disrupted  if  we  are  unable  to  effectively  identify, 
manage, monitor, and mitigate financial risks, such as credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, liquidity risk, and other 
market-related  risks,  as  well  as  regulatory  and  operational  risks  related  to  our  business,  assets,  and  liabilities.  Our  risk 
management policies, procedures, and techniques may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks we are exposed to, mitigate 
the risks we have identified, or identify additional risks to which we may become subject in the future. 

Our current debt and any additional debt we may incur in the future could negatively impact our business, prevent us from 
satisfying our debt obligations and adversely affect our financial condition. 

We may incur a substantial amount of debt in the future. As of March 31, 2019, we had approximately $251.9 million of total 
debt outstanding and a total debt-to-equity ratio of approximately 0.5 to 1. The amount of debt we may incur in the future could 
have important consequences, including the following: 

•   our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital,  debt  refinancing,  share  repurchases  or  other  purposes 

•  

could be impaired; 
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to paying principal and interest on our debt, 
reducing funds available for other purposes; 

•   we may be vulnerable to interest rate increases, as borrowings under our revolving credit agreement bear interest at 

variable rates, as may any future debt that we incur; 

•   we may be at a competitive disadvantage to competitors that are not highly as leveraged;  

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•   we could be more vulnerable to adverse developments in our industry or in general economic conditions; 
•   we may be restricted from taking advantage of business opportunities or making strategic acquisitions; 
•   we may be limited in our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which 

we operate;  

•   we  may  have  difficulty  satisfying  our  obligations  under  the  debt  if  accelerated  upon  the  occurrence  of  an  event  of 

default; and 

•   we may be more vulnerable to periods of negative or slow growth in the general economy or in our business. 

In  addition,  meeting  our  anticipated  liquidity  requirements  is  contingent  upon  our  continued  compliance  with  our  revolving 
credit agreement. An acceleration of our debt would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to continue 
as a going concern. If our debt obligations increase, whether due to the increased cost of existing indebtedness or the incurrence 
of additional indebtedness, the consequences described above could be magnified. 

Although the terms of our revolving credit agreement contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional debt, as may any 
future debt that we incur, these restrictions are subject, or likely to be subject, in the case of any future debt, to exceptions that 
could permit us to incur a substantial amount of additional debt. In addition, our existing and future debt agreements will not 
prevent  us  from  incurring  certain  liabilities  that  do  not  constitute  indebtedness  as  defined  for  purposes  of  those  debt 
agreements. If new debt or other liabilities are added to our current debt levels, the risks associated with our having substantial 
debt  could  intensify.  As  of  March  31,  2019,  we  had  $227.8  million  available  for  borrowing  under  our  revolving  credit 
agreement, subject to borrowing base limitations and other specified terms and conditions. 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to service our outstanding debt and fund operations and may be forced 
to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such debt. 

Our ability to make scheduled payments on the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness will depend in 
part  on  our  cash  flows  from  operations,  which  are  subject  to  regulatory,  economic,  financial,  competitive,  and  other  factors 
beyond our control. We may not generate a level of cash flows from operations sufficient to permit us to meet our debt service 
obligations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to service our debt, we may be required to sell 
assets, refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, obtain additional financing, or obtain additional equity capital on terms 
that may be onerous or highly dilutive. There can be no assurance that any refinancing will be possible or that any asset sales or 
additional financing can be completed on acceptable terms or at all. 

The terms of our debt limit how we conduct our business. 

Our revolving credit agreement contains covenants that restrict our ability to, among other things: 

incur and guarantee debt; 

•  
•   pay dividends or make other distributions on or redeem or repurchase our stock; 
•   make investments or acquisitions; 
•  
•  
•   merge with or into other companies; 
•  
•   make capital expenditures. 

enter into transactions with shareholders and other affiliates; and 

create liens on our assets; 
sell assets; 

Our revolving credit agreement also imposes requirements that we maintain specified financial measures not in excess of, or 
not below, specified levels. In particular, our revolving credit agreement requires, among other things, that we maintain (i) at 
all times a specified minimum consolidated net worth, (ii) as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a minimum ratio of consolidated 
net income available for fixed charges for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended to consolidated 
fixed charges for that period of not less than a specified minimum, (iii) at all times a specified maximum ratio of total debt to 
consolidated adjusted net worth and (iv) at all times a specified ratio of subordinated debt to consolidated adjusted net worth. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
These  covenants  limit  the  manner  in  which  we  can  conduct  our  business  and  could  prevent  us  from  engaging  in  favorable 
business activities or financing future operations and capital needs and impair our ability to successfully execute our strategy 
and operate our business. 

A breach of any of the covenants in our revolving credit agreement would result in an event of default thereunder. Any event of 
default  would  permit  the  creditors  to  accelerate  the  related  debt,  which  could  also  result  in  the  acceleration  of  any  other  or 
future debt containing a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision. In addition, an event of default under our revolving credit 
agreement would permit the lenders thereunder to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under the revolving credit 
agreement. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under the revolving credit agreement or any 
other  secured  debt  we  may  incur,  the  lenders  thereunder  could  cause  the  collateral  agent  to  proceed  against  the  collateral 
securing that debt. In the event our creditors accelerate the repayment of our debt, there can be no assurance that we would 
have sufficient assets to repay that debt, and our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations would suffer. Additional 
information  regarding  our  revolving  credit  facility  is  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

Changes in federal, state and local tax law, interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, 
could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. 

We  are  subject  to  taxation  at  the  federal,  state  and  local  levels.  On  December  22,  2017,  the  U.S.  government  enacted 
comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The changes included in the TCJA are broad 
and complex and significantly reform the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The TCJA contains significant changes 
to corporate taxation, including a reduction of the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, a limitation on the tax deduction for 
interest expense to 30% of earnings (except for certain small businesses), a limitation on the deduction for net operating losses 
to 80% of current year taxable income and elimination of net operating loss carrybacks, immediate deductions for certain new 
investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifying or repealing many business deductions 
and credits. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate and our expectations regarding our overall tax rate 
in fiscal 2019 and beyond, the overall impact of the TCJA is uncertain and the ultimate impact may prove to be inconsistent 
with  our  current  expectations.  As  a  result,  the  Company’s  financial  position,  results  of  operations,  and  cash  flows  could  be 
adversely affected by the TCJA, the interpretation and administration of the TCJA, and/or any future tax reform legislation. 

Furthermore, we are subject to regular review and audit by tax authorities. While we believe our tax positions will be sustained, 
the final outcome of tax audits and related litigation may differ materially from the tax amounts recorded in our Consolidated 
Financial Statements, which could adversely impact our cash flows and financial results. 

The conditions of the U.S. and international capital markets may adversely affect lenders with which we have relationships, 
causing us to incur additional costs and reducing our sources of liquidity, which may adversely affect our financial position, 
liquidity and results of operations. 

Turbulence in the global capital markets can result in disruptions in the financial sector and affect lenders with which we have 
relationships, including members of the syndicate of banks that are lenders under our revolving credit agreement. Disruptions 
in the financial sector may increase our exposure to credit risk and adversely affect the ability of lenders to perform under the 
terms  of  their lending  arrangements  with us.  Failure by  our  lenders  to perform  under  the  terms  of  our  lending  arrangements 
could cause us to incur additional costs that may adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations. 
While overall market conditions have improved, there can be no assurance that future disruptions in the financial sector will not 
occur that could have similar adverse effects on our business. Additional information regarding our liquidity and related risks is 
included  in  Part  II,  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations-
Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 

We are exposed to credit risk in our lending activities. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  ability  to  collect  on  loans  to  individuals,  our  single  largest  asset  group,  depends  on  the  ability  and  willingness  of  our 
borrowers  to  repay  such  loans. Any  material  adverse  change  in  the  ability  or  willingness  of  a  significant  portion  of  our 
borrowers  to  meet  their  obligations  to  us,  whether  due  to  changes  in  economic  conditions,  unemployment  rates,  the  cost  of 
consumer  goods  (particularly,  but  not  limited  to,  food  and  energy  costs),  disposable  income,  interest  rates,  natural  disasters, 
acts of war or terrorism, political or social conditions, divorce, death, or other causes over which we have no control, would 
have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  earnings  and  financial  condition.  Although  new  customers  are  required  to  submit  a 
listing of personal property that will serve as collateral to secure their loans, the Company does not rely on the value of such 
collateral  in  the  loan  approval  process  and  generally  does  not  perfect  its  security  interest  in  that  collateral.  Additional 
information  regarding  our  credit  risk  is  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operation-Credit Quality.” 

Our  insurance  operations  are  subject  to  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  claims,  catastrophic  events, 
underwriting risks and dependence on a primary distribution channel. 

Insurance  claims  and  policyholder  liabilities  are  difficult  to predict  and  may  exceed  the  related reserves  set  aside  for  claims 
(losses) and associated expenses for claims adjudication (loss adjustment expenses). Additionally, events such as cyber security 
breaches  and other  types  of catastrophes,  and  prolonged economic  downturns,  could  adversely  affect  our  financial condition 
and results of operations. Other risks relating to our insurance operations include changes to laws and regulations applicable to 
us,  as  well  as  changes  to  the  regulatory  environment,  such  as:  changes  to  laws  or  regulations  affecting  capital  and  reserve 
requirements;  frequency  and  type  of  regulatory  monitoring  and  reporting;  consumer  privacy,  use  of  customer  data  and  data 
security; benefits or loss ratio requirements; insurance producer licensing or appointment requirements; required disclosures to 
consumers;  and  collateral  protection  insurance  (i.e.,  insurance  some  of  our  lender  companies  purchase,  at  the  customer’s 
expense,  on  that  customer’s  loan  collateral  for  the  periods  of  time  the  customer  fails  to  adequately,  as  required  by  his  loan, 
insure his collateral). 

A prolonged shutdown of the federal government may result in higher delinquency and could negatively affect our financial 
condition and results of operations. 

The U.S. federal government experienced a partial shutdown from December 22, 2018 until January 25, 2019. Loan demand 
has generally been the lowest and loan repayment highest from January to March, which we believe is largely due to the timing 
of  income  tax  refunds.  A  federal  government  shutdown  could  lead  to  a  delay  in  our  customers  receiving  their  income  tax 
refunds as a result of employees of the Internal Revenue Service not being available to process refunds. If our customers do not 
timely receive their income tax refunds, we could experience higher delinquency and losses in our loan portfolio. Additionally, 
during  and  immediately  following  a  prolonged  government  shutdown,  our  loan  servicing  costs  and  collection  costs  may 
increase  as  we  may  have  to  expend  greater  time  and  resources  on  these  activities.  As  a  result,  our  business,  results  of 
operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. 

If our estimates of loan losses are not adequate to absorb actual losses, our provision for loan losses would increase, which 
would adversely affect our results of operations. 

To estimate the appropriate level of allowance for loan losses, we consider known and relevant internal and external factors 
that affect loan collectability, including the total amount of loan receivables outstanding, historical loan receivable charge-offs, 
our current collection patterns, and economic trends. Our methodology for establishing our allowance for loan losses is based 
on the guidance in ASC 450, Contingencies, and, in part, on our historic loss experience. If customer behavior changes as a 
result of economic, political, or social conditions, or if we are unable to predict how these conditions may affect our allowance 
for loan losses, our allowance for loan losses may be inadequate. Our allowance for loan losses is an estimate, and if actual loan 
losses  are  materially  greater  than  our  allowance  for  loan  losses,  our  provision  for  loan  losses  would  increase,  which  would 
result in a decline in our future earnings, and thus our results of operations could be adversely affected. Neither state regulators 
nor federal regulators regulate our allowance for loan losses. Additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses is 
included in Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Credit 
Quality.” 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
In  June  of  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  Financial  Instruments-Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit 
Losses on Financial Instruments. This ASU significantly changes the way that entities will be required to measure credit losses. 
The  new  standard  requires  that  the  estimated  credit  loss  be  based  upon  an  “expected  credit  loss”  approach  rather  than  the 
“incurred loss” approach currently required. The new approach will require entities to measure all expected credit losses for 
financial  assets  based on historical  experience,  current  conditions,  and  reasonable forecasts  of  collectability.  It  is  anticipated 
that the expected credit loss model may require earlier recognition of credit losses than the incurred loss approach. This ASU 
will become effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. 
Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal 
years. The adoption of this ASU may have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 1 of the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report for more information on this new accounting standard. 

The concentration of our revenues in certain states could adversely affect us. 

We  currently  operate  consumer  installment  loan  branches  in  sixteen  states  in  the  United  States. Any  adverse  legislative  or 
regulatory change in any one of our states, but particularly in any of our larger states could have a material adverse effect on 
our  business,  prospects,  and  results  of  operation  or  financial  condition.  See  Part  I,  Item  1,  “Description  of  Business”  for 
information regarding the size of our business in the various states in which we operate. 

We have goodwill, which is subject to periodic review and testing for impairment. 

At March 31, 2019 our total assets contained $7.0 million of goodwill. Under GAAP, goodwill is subject to periodic review 
and  testing  to  determine  if  it  is  impaired. Unfavorable  trends  in  our  industry  and  unfavorable  events  or  disruptions  to  our 
operations resulting from adverse legislative or regulatory actions or from other unpredictable causes could result in goodwill 
impairment charges. 

If we fail to maintain appropriate controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, 
which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  financial  condition,  and  the  trading  price  of  our  common 
stock. 

We are required to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(a) of 
the  Sarbanes  Oxley  Act  requires  us  to  include  in  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K  an  assessment  by  management  of  the 
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act requires us to engage 
our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. 
We expect to incur significant expenses and to devote resources to Section 404 compliance on an ongoing basis. It is difficult 
for us to predict how long it will take or costly it will be to complete the assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control 
over financial reporting for each year and to remediate any deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. 

If  we  identify  a  material  weakness  in  our  controls  and  procedures,  our  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize,  and  report 
financial  information  accurately  and within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the  rules  and forms  of  the  SEC  could be  adversely 
affected. In addition, remediation of a material weakness would require our management to devote significant time and incur 
significant  expense.  A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  deficiencies,  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable 
possibility  that  a  material  misstatement  of  our  annual  or  interim  financial  statements  will  not  be  prevented  or  detected  on  a 
timely basis. If we are unable to maintain effective controls and procedures we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy 
and  completeness  of  our  financial  reports,  and  we  may  be  subject  to  investigation  or  sanctions  by  the  SEC.  Any  such 
consequence  or  other  negative  effect  could  adversely  affect  our  operations,  financial  condition,  and  the  trading  price  of  our 
common stock. 

Regular turnover among our managers and other employees at our branches makes it more difficult for us to operate our 
branches and increases our costs of operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations 
and financial condition. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The annual turnover as of March 31, 2019 among our branch employees was approximately 32.4%. This turnover increases our 
cost of operations and makes it more difficult to operate our branches. If we are unable to keep our employee turnover rates 
consistent with historical levels or if unanticipated problems arise from our high employee turnover, our business, results of 
operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected. 

We may be unable to execute our business strategy due to current economic conditions. 

Our  financial  position,  liquidity,  and  results  of  operations  depend  on  management’s  ability  to  execute  our  business  strategy. 
Key factors involved in the execution of our business strategy include achieving our desired loan volume and pricing strategies, 
the use of effective credit risk management techniques, marketing and servicing strategies, continued investment in technology 
to support operating efficiency, and continued access to funding and liquidity sources. Although our pricing strategy is intended 
to maximize the amount of economic profit we generate, within the confines of capital and infrastructure constraints, there can 
be no assurance that this strategy will have its intended effect. Our failure or inability to execute any element of our business 
strategy could materially adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, and results of operations. 

Our ability to execute our growth strategy may be adversely affected. 

Our growth strategy includes opening and acquiring branches in existing and new markets and is subject to significant risks, 
some of which are beyond our control, including: 

•  

the prevailing laws and regulatory environment of each state in which we operate or seek to operate, and, to the extent 
applicable, federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change at any time; 

the degree of competition in new markets and its effect on our ability to attract new customers; 

•   our ability to obtain and maintain any regulatory approvals, government permits, or licenses that may be required; 
•  
•   our ability to obtain adequate financing for our expansion plans; and 
•   our ability to attract, train, and retain qualified personnel to staff our new operations. 

We currently lack product and business diversification; as a result, our revenues and earnings may be disproportionately 
negatively impacted by external factors and may be more susceptible to fluctuations than more diversified companies. 

Our primary business activity is offering small consumer installment loans together with, in some states in which we operate, 
related ancillary products. Thus, any developments, whether regulatory, economic or otherwise, that would hinder, reduce the 
profitability of, or limit our ability to operate our small consumer installment loan business on the terms currently conducted 
would  have  a  direct  and  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  profitability,  and  perhaps  even  our  viability. Our  current  lack  of 
product and business diversification could inhibit our opportunities for growth, reduce our revenues and profits, and make us 
more susceptible to earnings fluctuations than many other financial institutions whose operations are more diversified. 

A reduction in demand for our products and a failure by us to adapt to such reduction could adversely affect our business 
and results of operations. 

The demand for the products we offer may be reduced due to a variety of factors, such as demographic patterns, changes in 
customer preferences or financial condition, regulatory restrictions that decrease customer access to particular products, or the 
availability of competing products, including through alternative or competing marketing channels. For example, we are highly 
dependent upon selecting and maintaining attractive branch locations. These locations are subject to local market conditions, 
including the employment available in the area, housing costs, traffic patterns, crime, and other demographic influences, any of 
which  may  quickly  change,  thereby  negatively  impacting  demand  for  our  products  in  the  area.  Should  we  fail  to  adapt  to 
significant changes in our customers’ demand for, or access to, our products, our revenues could decrease significantly and our 
operations could be harmed. Even if we do make changes to existing products or introduce new products and channels to fulfill 
customer demand, customers may resist or may reject such products. Moreover, the effect of any product change on the results 
of our business may not be fully ascertainable until the change has been in effect for some time, and by that time it may be too 
late  to  make  further  modifications  to  such  product  without  causing  further  harm  to  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and 
financial condition. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  market,  and  we  cannot  ensure  that  the  competitive  pressures  we  face  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

The  consumer  lending  industry  is  highly  competitive.  We  compete  with  other  consumer  finance  companies  as  well  as  other 
types of financial institutions that offer similar consumer financial products and services. Some of these competitors may have 
greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we possess. Some competitors may also have a lower cost of funds 
and  access  to  funding  sources  that  may  not  be  available  to  us. While  banks  and  credit  card  companies  have  decreased  their 
lending to non-prime customers in recent years, there is no assurance that such lenders will not resume those lending activities. 
Further,  because  of  increased  regulatory  pressure  on  payday  lenders,  many  of  those  lenders  are  starting  to  make  more 
traditional  installment  consumer  loans  in  order  to  reduce  regulatory  scrutiny  of  their  practices,  which  could  increase 
competition  in  markets  in  which  we  operate.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  the  competitive  pressures  we  face  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We depend on secure information technology, and a breach of those systems or those of third-party vendors could result in 
significant  losses,  unauthorized  disclosure  of  confidential  customer  information,  and  reputational  damage,  which  could 
materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and/or  results  of  operations,  and  could  lead  to  significant 
financial and legal exposure. 

Our operations rely heavily on the secure collection, processing, storage, and transmission of personal, confidential, and other 
information about us, our customers and third parties with which we do business. We process a significant number of customer 
transactions on a continuous basis through our computer systems and networks and are subject to increasingly more risk related 
to  security  systems  as  we  enhance  our  mobile  payment  technologies  and  otherwise  attempt  to  keep  pace  with  rapid 
technological changes in the financial services industry. 

While we commit resources to the design, implementation, maintenance, and monitoring of our networks and systems, we may 
be required to expend significant additional resources in the future to modify and enhance our security controls in response to 
new or more sophisticated threats, new regulations related to cybersecurity and other developments. Additionally, there is no 
guarantee that our security controls can provide absolute security. 

Despite  the  measures  we  implement  to  protect  our  systems  and  data,  we  may  not  be  able  to  anticipate,  identify,  prevent  or 
detect  cyber-attacks,  particularly  because  the  techniques  used  by  attackers  change  frequently  or  are  not  recognized  until 
launched, and because cyber-attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties who are or may be 
involved in organized crime or linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. Such third parties may seek to 
gain unauthorized access to our systems directly, by fraudulently inducing employees, customers, or other users of our systems, 
or by using equipment or security passwords belonging to employees, customers, third-party service providers, or other users of 
our  systems.  Or,  they  may  seek  to  disrupt  or  disable  our  services  through  attacks  such  as  denial-of-service  attacks  and 
ransomware attacks. In addition, we may be unable to identify, or may  be significantly delayed in identifying, cyber-attacks 
and incidents due to the increasing use of techniques and tools that are designed to circumvent controls, to avoid detection, and 
to remove or obfuscate forensic artifacts. As a result, our computer systems, software and networks, as well as those of third-
party vendors we utilize, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, malicious attacks and other events that 
could  have  a  security  impact  beyond  our  control.  Our  staff,  technologies,  systems,  networks,  and  those  of  third-parties  we 
utilize also may become the target of cyber-attacks, unauthorized access, malicious code, computer viruses, denial of service 
attacks,  ransomware,  and  physical  attacks  that  could  result  in  information  security  breaches,  the  unauthorized  release, 
gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or 
otherwise  disrupt  our  or  our  customers’  operations.  We  also  routinely  transmit  and  receive  personal,  confidential  and 
proprietary information through third parties, which may be vulnerable to interception, misuse, or mishandling. 
If  one  or  more  of  such  events  occur,  personal,  confidential,  and  other  information  processed  and  stored  in,  and  transmitted 
through  our  computer  systems  and  networks,  or  those  of  third-party  vendors,  could  be  compromised  or  could  cause 
interruptions or malfunctions in our operations that could result in significant losses, loss of confidence by and business from 
customers, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation, regulatory exposures, and harm to our reputation and brand. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the event personal, confidential, or other information is threatened, intercepted, misused, mishandled, or compromised, we 
may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures, to investigate the circumstances 
surrounding  the  event,  and  implement  mitigation  and  remediation  measures.  We  also  may  be  subject  to  fines,  penalties, 
litigation  (including  securities  fraud  class  action  lawsuits),  and  regulatory  investigation  costs  and  settlements  and  financial 
losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. If one or more of such 
events occur, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected. 

Any interruption of our information systems could adversely affect us. 

Our  business  and  reputation  may  be  materially  impacted  by  information  system  failures  or  network  disruptions.  We  rely 
heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Each branch is part of an information network 
that is designed to permit us to maintain adequate cash inventory, reconcile cash balances on a daily basis, and report revenues 
and expenses to our headquarters. Any failure or interruption of these systems, including any failure of our back-up systems, 
network outages, slow performance, breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other failures or disruptions 
could  result  in  disruption  to  our  business  or  the  loss  or  theft  of  confidential  information,  including  customer  information.  A 
disruption  could  impair  our  ability  to  offer  and  process  our  loans,  provide  customer  service,  perform  collections  or  other 
necessary  business  activities,  which  could  result  in  a  loss  of  customer  confidence  or  business,  subject  us  to  additional 
regulatory scrutiny or negative publicity, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, or otherwise materially 
adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, we may not be able to detect immediately any such 
breach, which may increase the losses that we would suffer. In addition, our existing insurance policies may not reimburse us 
for all of the damages that we might incur as a result of a breach. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  make  technological  improvements  as  quickly  as  some  of  our  competitors,  which  could  harm  our 
ability to compete with our competitors and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

The  financial  services  industry  is  undergoing  rapid  technological  changes,  with  frequent  introductions  of  new  technology-
driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial and lending institutions 
to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success and, in particular, the success of our centralized operations, will 
depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services 
that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. We may not 
be  able  to  effectively  implement  new  technology-driven  products  and  services  as  quickly  as  some  of  our  competitors  or  be 
successful in marketing these products and services to our existing and new customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with 
technological  change  affecting  the  financial  services  industry  could  harm  our  ability  to  compete  with  our  competitors  and 
adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We are subject to data privacy laws, which may significantly increase our compliance and technology costs resulting in a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

We are subject to various federal and state privacy, data protection, and information security laws and regulations, including 
requirements  concerning  security  breach  notification.  Moreover,  various  federal  and  state  regulatory  agencies  require  us  to 
notify customers in the event of a security breach. Federal and state legislators are increasingly pursuing new guidance, laws, 
and regulations. Compliance with current or future privacy, data protection and information security laws affecting customer or 
employee  data  to  which  we  are  subject  could  result  in  higher  compliance  and  technology  costs  and  could  materially  and 
adversely affect our profitability. Our failure to comply with privacy, data protection and information security laws may require 
us  to  change our business practices  or  operational  structure,  and  could subject  us  to potentially  significant  regulatory  and/or 
governmental investigations and/or actions, litigation, fines, sanctions, and damage to our reputation. 

We are also subject to the theft or misuse of physical customer and employee records at our facilities. 

Our  branch  offices  and  centralized  headquarters  have  physical  and  electronic  customer  records  necessary  for  day-to-day 
operations  that  contain  extensive  confidential  information  about  our  customers.  We  also  retain  physical  records  in  various 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
storage locations. The loss or theft of customer information and data from our branch offices, headquarters, or other storage 
locations  could  subject  us  to  additional regulatory scrutiny  and penalties  and  could  expose us  to  civil  litigation  and  possible 
financial liability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. In 
addition, if we cannot locate original documents (or copies, in some cases) for certain finance receivables, we may not be able 
to collect on those finance receivables. 

Our  centralized  headquarters  functions  are  susceptible  to  disruption  by  catastrophic  events,  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

Our  headquarters  building  is  located  in  Greenville,  South  Carolina. Our  information  systems  and  administrative  and 
management processes are primarily provided to our branches from this centralized location, and they could be disrupted if a 
catastrophic event, such as severe weather, natural disaster, power outage, act of terror or similar event, destroyed or severely 
damaged  our  headquarters. Any  such  catastrophic  event  or  other  unexpected  disruption  of  our  headquarters  functions  could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. 

Absence of dividends could reduce our attractiveness to investors. 

Since  1989,  we  have  not  declared  or  paid  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock  and  may  not  pay  cash  dividends  in  the 
foreseeable future. As a result, our common stock may be less attractive to certain investors than the stock of dividend-paying 
companies. Investors may need to rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may not occur, as the 
only way to realize future gains on their investment. 

Various  provisions  of  our  charter  documents  and  applicable  laws  could  delay  or  prevent  a  change  of  control  that 
shareholders may favor. 

Provisions  of  our  articles  of  incorporation,  South  Carolina  law,  and  the  laws  in  several  of  the  states  in  which  our  operating 
subsidiaries are incorporated could delay or prevent a change of control that the holders of our common stock may favor or 
may impede the ability of our shareholders to change our management. In particular, our articles of incorporation and South 
Carolina  law,  among  other  things,  authorize  our  board  of  directors  to  issue  preferred  stock  in  one  or  more  series,  without 
shareholder approval, and will require the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of our outstanding shares of voting stock, to 
approve our merger or consolidation with another corporation. Additional information regarding the similar effect of laws in 
certain states in which we operate is described in Part 1, Item 1, “Description of Business - Government Regulation.” 

Overall stock market volatility may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 

The Company’s common stock price has been and is likely to continue to be subject to significant volatility. Securities markets 
worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, or 
political  conditions,  could  reduce  the  market  price  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  spite  of  our  operating  performance. 
Additionally,  a  variety  of  factors  could  cause  the  price  of  the  common  stock  to  fluctuate,  perhaps  substantially,  including: 
general market fluctuations resulting from factors not directly related to the Company’s operations or the inherent value of its 
common stock; state or federal legislative or regulatory proposals, initiatives, actions or changes that are, or are perceived to be, 
adverse to our operations or the broader consumer finance industry in general; announcements of developments related to our 
business;  fluctuations  in  our  operating  results  and  the  provision  for  loan  losses;  low  trading  volume  in  our  common  stock; 
decreased  availability  of  our  common  stock  resulting  from  stock  repurchases  and  concentrations  of  ownership  by  large  or 
institutional investors; general conditions in the financial service industry, the domestic or global economy or the domestic or 
global credit or capital markets; changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;  our failure to meet the expectations of 
securities analysts or investors; negative commentary regarding our Company and corresponding short-selling market behavior; 
adverse  developments  in  our  relationships  with  our  customers;  investigations  or  legal  proceedings  brought  against  the 
Company or its officers; or significant changes in our senior management team. 

Changes to accounting rules, regulations or interpretations could significantly affect our financial results. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New  accounting  rules  or  regulations,  changes  to  existing  accounting  rules  or  regulations,  and  changing  interpretations  of 
existing  rules  and  regulations  have  been  issued  or  occurred  and  may  continue  to  be  issued  or  occur  in  the  future.  Our 
methodology for valuing our receivables and otherwise accounting for our business is subject to change depending upon the 
changes  in,  and  interpretation  of,  accounting  rules,  regulations,  or  interpretations.  Any  such  changes  to  accounting  rules, 
regulations, or interpretations could negatively affect our reported results of operations and could negatively affect our financial 
condition through increased cost of compliance. 

For example, in June of 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement 
of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This ASU significantly changes the way that entities will be required to measure 
credit losses. The new standard requires that the estimated credit loss be based upon an “expected credit loss” approach rather 
than  the  “incurred  loss”  approach  currently  required.  The  new  approach  will  require  entities  to  measure  all  expected  credit 
losses  for  financial  assets  based  on  historical  experience,  current  conditions,  and  reasonable  forecasts  of  collectability.  It  is 
anticipated that the expected credit loss model may require earlier recognition of credit losses than the incurred loss approach. 
This  ASU  will  become  effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2019,  including  interim  periods  within  those 
fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within 
those fiscal years. The adoption of this ASU may have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. See Note 1 of 
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report for more information on this new accounting standard. 

If  assumptions  or  estimates  we  use  in  preparing  our  financial  statements  are  incorrect  or  are  required  to  change,  our 
reported results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

We  are  required  to  use  certain  assumptions  and  estimates  in  preparing  our  financial  statements  under  GAAP,  including  in 
determining allowances for credit losses, the fair value of financial instruments, asset impairment, reserves related to litigation 
and  other  legal  matters,  the  fair  value  of  share-based  compensation,  valuation  of  income,  and  other  taxes  and  regulatory 
exposures.  In  addition,  significant  assumptions  and  estimates  are  involved  in  determining  certain  disclosures  required  under 
GAAP,  including  those  involving  the  fair  value  of  our  financial  instruments.  If  the  assumptions  or  estimates  underlying  our 
financial statements are incorrect, the actual amounts realized on transactions and balances subject to those estimates will be 
different, and this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. 

In addition, the FASB is currently reviewing or proposing changes to several financial accounting and reporting standards that 
govern  key  aspects  of  our  financial  statements,  including  areas  where  assumptions  or  estimates  are  required.  As  a  result  of 
changes to financial accounting or reporting standards, whether promulgated or required by the FASB or other regulators, we 
could be required to change certain of the assumptions or estimates we previously used in preparing our financial statements, 
which could negatively impact how we record and report our results of operations and financial condition generally. 

A small number of our shareholders have the ability to significantly influence matters requiring shareholder approval and 
such shareholders have interests which may conflict with the interests of our other security holders. 

As  of  March 31,  2019,  based  on  filings  made  with  the  SEC  and  other  information  made  available  to  us,  Prescott  General 
Partners,  LLC  and  its  affiliates  beneficially  owned  approximately  29.4%  of  our  common  stock.  As  a  result,  these  few 
shareholders  are  able  to  significantly  influence  matters  presented  to  shareholders,  including  the  election  and  removal  of 
directors, the approval of significant corporate transactions, such as any reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation 
or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and the control of our management and affairs, including executive compensation 
arrangements. Their interests may conflict with the interests of our other security holders. 

The future issuance of additional shares of our common stock in connection with potential acquisitions or otherwise will 
dilute all other shareholders. 

Except in certain circumstances, we are not restricted from issuing additional shares of common stock, including any securities 
that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. The market price of shares of 
our  common  stock  could  decline  as  a  result  of  sales  of  a  large  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  in  the  market  or  the 
perception  that  such  sales  could  occur.  We  intend  to  continue  to  evaluate  acquisition  opportunities  and  may  issue  shares  of 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any shares of common stock issued in connection with acquisitions, the 
exercise of outstanding stock options, or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by our existing shareholders. 

Our use of third-party vendors is subject to regulatory review. 

Recently,  the  CFPB  and  other  regulators  have  issued  regulatory  guidance  focusing  on  the  need  for  financial  institutions  to 
perform due diligence and ongoing monitoring of third-party vendor relationships, which increases the scope of management 
involvement and decreases the benefit that we receive from using third-party vendors. Moreover, if our regulators conclude that 
we  have  not  met  the  standards  for  oversight  of  our  third-party  vendors,  we  could  be  subject  to  enforcement  actions,  civil 
monetary  penalties,  supervisory  orders  to  cease  and  desist  or  other  remedial  actions,  which  could  have  a  materially  adverse 
effect  on  our  business,  reputation,  financial  condition  and  operating  results.  Further,  federal  and  state  regulators  have  been 
scrutinizing the practices of lead aggregators and providers recently. If regulators place restrictions on certain practices by lead 
aggregators or providers, our ability to use them as a source for applicants could be affected. 

Initiating  and  processing  potential  acquisitions  may  be  unsuccessful  or  difficult,  leading  to  losses  and  increased 
delinquencies, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

We  have  previously  acquired,  and  in  the  future  may  acquire,  assets  or  businesses,  including  large  portfolios  of  finance 
receivables, either through the direct purchase of such assets or the purchase of the equity of a company with such a portfolio. 
Since we will not have originated or serviced the loans we acquire, we may not be aware of legal or other deficiencies related 
to  origination  or  servicing,  and  our  due  diligence  efforts  of  the  acquisition  prior  to  purchase  may  not  uncover  those 
deficiencies. Further, we may have limited recourse against the seller of the portfolio. 

In pursuing these transactions, we may experience, among other things: 

•   overvaluing potential targets; 
•   difficulties  in  integrating  any  acquired  companies  or  branches  into  our  existing  business,  including  integration  of 

account data into our information systems; 
inability to realize the benefits we anticipate in a timely fashion, or at all; 

•  
•   unexpected losses due to the acquisition of loan portfolios with loans originated using less stringent underwriting 

criteria; 
significant costs, charges, or write-downs; or 

•  
•   unforeseen operating difficulties that require significant financial and managerial resources that would otherwise be 

available for the ongoing development and expansion of our existing operations. 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2. 

Properties 

The Company owns its headquarters facilities of approximately 42,000 square feet in Greenville, South Carolina, and all of the 
furniture,  fixtures  and  computer  terminals  located  in  each  branch. As  of  March 31,  2019,  the  Company  had  1,193  branches, 
most  of  which  are  generally  leased  pursuant  to  three-  to  five-year  operating  leases. During  the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31, 
2019,  total  lease  expense  was  approximately  $26.9  million,  or  an  average  of  approximately  $22.6  thousand  per  branch. The 
Company's leases generally provide for an initial three- to five-year term with renewal options. The Company's branches are 
typically located in shopping centers, malls and the first floors of downtown buildings. Branches generally have an average size 
of 1,597 square feet. 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mexico Investigation 

As previously disclosed, the Company has retained outside legal counsel and forensic accountants to conduct an investigation 
of  its  operations  in  Mexico,  focusing  on  the  legality  under  the  FCPA,  and  certain  local  laws  of  certain  payments  related  to 
loans, the maintenance of the Company’s books and records associated with such payments, and the treatment of compensation 
matters for certain employees. 

The investigation continues to address whether and to what extent improper payments, which may violate the FCPA and other 
local laws, were made approximately between 2010 and 2017 by or on behalf of WAC de Mexico, to government officials in 
Mexico relating to loans made to unionized employees. The Company voluntarily contacted the SEC and the DOJ in June 2017 
to  advise  both  agencies  that  an  internal  investigation  was  underway  and  that  the  Company  intended  to  cooperate  with  both 
agencies.  The  Company  has  and  will  continue  to  cooperate  with  both  agencies.  The  SEC  has  issued  a  formal  order  of 
investigation. A conclusion cannot be drawn at this time as to what potential remedies these agencies may seek. The Company 
cannot  determine  at  this  time  the  ultimate  effect  that  the  investigation  or  any  remedial  measures  will  have  on  its  financial 
condition or results of operations. 

If  violations  of  the  FCPA  or  other  local  laws  occurred,  the  Company  could  be  subject  to  fines,  civil  and  criminal  penalties, 
equitable  remedies,  including  profit  disgorgement  and  related  interest,  and  injunctive  relief.  In  addition,  any  disposition  of 
these  matters  could  result  in  modifications  to  our  business  practices  and  compliance  programs.  Any  disposition  could  also 
potentially require that a monitor be appointed to review future business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with 
the  FCPA  and  other  applicable  laws.  The  Company  could  also  face  fines,  sanctions,  and  other  penalties  from  authorities  in 
Mexico, as well as third-party claims by shareholders and/or other stakeholders of the Company. In addition, disclosure of the 
investigation or its ultimate disposition could adversely affect the Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business 
or retain existing business from its current customers and potential customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the 
capital markets. If it is determined that a violation of the FCPA has occurred, such violation may give rise to an event of default 
under  the  Company’s  credit  agreement  if  such  violation  were  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if the amount of any settlement, penalties, fines, or other 
payments resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial covenants. Additional potential FCPA violations or violations 
of  other  laws  or  regulations  may  be  uncovered  through  the  investigation.  See  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors-We  may  be 
exposed to liabilities under the FCPA, and any determination that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated the FCPA 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and  liquidity”  and  “-Our  investigation  of  our  previous  operations  in 
Mexico may expose the Company to other potential liabilities in addition to any potential liabilities under the FCPA and cause 
the Company to incur substantial expenses.” 

In addition to the ultimate liability for disgorgement and related interest, the Company believes that it could be further liable for 
fines  and  penalties.  The  Company  is  continuing  its  discussions  with  the  DOJ  and  SEC  regarding  the  matters  under 
investigation, but the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount of any fine or penalty that it may have to pay as a part 
of  any  possible  settlement  or  assess  the  potential  liability  that  might  be  incurred  if  a  settlement  is  not  reached  and  the 
government were to litigate the matter. As such, based on the information available at this time, any additional liability related 
to  this  matter  is  not  reasonably  estimable.  The  Company  will  continue  to  evaluate  the  amount  of  its  liability  pending  final 
resolution of the investigation and any related discussions with the government. 

Further,  under  the  terms  of  the  stock  purchase  agreement,  we  are  obligated  to  indemnify  the  purchasers  for  claims  and 
liabilities relating to certain investigations of our former Mexico operating segment, the Company, and its affiliates by the DOJ 
or the SEC that commenced prior to July 1, 2018. Any such indemnification claims could have a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition, including liquidity, and results of operations. 

General 

In addition, from time to time the Company is involved in litigation matters relating to claims arising out of its operations in the 
normal course of business, including matters in which damages in various amounts are claimed. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimating an amount or range of possible losses resulting from litigation, government actions, and other legal proceedings is 
inherently difficult and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve indeterminate claims 
for monetary damages, may involve fines, penalties, or damages that are discretionary in amount, involve a large number of 
claimants or significant discretion by regulatory authorities, represent a change in regulatory policy or interpretation, present 
novel  legal  theories,  are  in  the  early  stages  of  the  proceedings,  are  subject  to  appeal  or  could  result  in  a  change  in  business 
practices. In addition, because most legal proceedings are resolved over extended periods of time, potential losses are subject to 
change due to, among other things, new developments, changes in legal strategy, the outcome of intermediate procedural and 
substantive rulings and other parties’ settlement posture and their evaluation of the strength or weakness of their case against 
us. For these reasons, we are currently unable to predict the ultimate timing or outcome of, or reasonably estimate the possible 
losses or a range of possible losses resulting from, the matters described above. Based on information currently available, the 
Company does not believe that any reasonably possible losses arising from currently pending legal matters will be material to 
the Company’s results of operations or financial conditions. However, in light of the inherent uncertainties involved in such 
matters,  an  adverse  outcome  in  one  or  more  of  these  matters  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  financial 
condition, results of operations or cash flows in any particular reporting period. 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

None. 

PART II. 

Item 5.  Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 

Market Information 

Since  November  26,  1991,  the  Company’s  common  stock  has  traded  on  NASDAQ  and  is  currently  listed  on  the  NASDAQ 
Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol WRLD. 

Holders 

As of May 17, 2019, there were 32 holders of record of our common stock and a significant number of persons or entities who 
hold their stock in nominee or “street” names through various brokerage firms. 

Dividends 

Since April 1989, the Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its common stock. Its policy has been to retain 
earnings for use in its business and selectively use cash to repurchase its common stock on the open market. In addition, the 
Company’s  credit  agreements  contain  certain  restrictions  on  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  on  its  capital  stock. See 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.” 
In  the  future,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  may  determine  whether  to  pay  cash  dividends  based  on  conditions  then 
existing, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition, capital requirements and other relevant factors. 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Since 1996, the Company has repurchased approximately 18.9 million shares for an aggregate purchase price of approximately 
$933.3 million. On December 16, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing 
the Company to repurchase up to $75.0 million of its outstanding common stock, inclusive of the amount that remains available 
for repurchases under the prior repurchase authorization of $25.0 million announced on March 11, 2015. The timing and actual 
number  of  shares  repurchased  will  depend  on  a  variety  of  factors,  including  the  stock  price,  corporate  and  regulatory 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
requirements, available funds, alternative uses of capital, restrictions under the revolving credit agreement, and other market 
and economic conditions. The Company’s stock repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time. 

As  of  March 31,  2019,  the  Company  has  $0.5  million  in  repurchase  capacity  remaining  under  this  authorization.  The 
repurchase  authorization  does  not  have  a  stated  expiration  date.  The  following  table  details  purchases  of  the  Company's 
common stock, if any, made by the Company during the three months ended March 31, 2019: 

(a) 
Total number of 
shares purchased 

(b) 
Average price paid 
per share 

(c) 
Total number of 
shares purchased 
as part of publicly 
announced 
plans or programs 

(d) 
Approximate dollar 
value of shares 
that may yet be 
purchased 
under the plans or 

January 1 through January 
31, 2019 
February 1 through February 
28, 2019 
March 1 through March 31, 
2019 
Total for the quarter 

223,469 $

316,959

85,770

626,198 $

109.27

113.08

122.22

114.85

223,469

  $ 

46,822,817

316,959

10,982,640

85,770
626,198     

500,087

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

40 

 
 
 
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data 

(Amounts in thousands, except number of 
branches and per share information) 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Interest and fee income 
Insurance income, net and other income 

Total revenues 

Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative expenses: 
Interest expense 

Total expenses 

Years Ended March 31, 

2019

2018

2017

2016 

2015

$

$ 469,154 
75,389 
544,543 

148,427 
288,304 
17,934 
454,665 

435,702 
66,967 
502,669 

117,620 
269,108 
19,090 
405,818 

$

427,871 
62,951 
490,822 

  $  452,925 
62,376  
515,301  

$

119,096 
244,275 
21,504 
384,875 

114,428  
241,701  
26,849  
382,978  

471,853 
85,965 
557,818 

107,224 
260,375 
23,301 
390,900 

Income from continuing operations before income 
taxes 

89,878

96,851

105,947

132,323 

166,918

Income taxes 

15,981 

47,758 

38,157 

48,979  

64,004 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations (1) 

(36,662) 

4,597 

5,810 

4,052  

7,919 

$

$

$

37,235 

8.22
8,994 

8.03
9,204 

$

$

$

$

$

$

53,690 

5.58
8,791 

5.48
8,959 

73,600 

  $ 

87,396 

  $ 

7.79
8,706 

  $ 

7.72
8,778 

9.65
8,636  

9.59
8,692  

$

$

$

110,833 

11.25
9,146 

11.05
9,317 

$ 837,144

$

745,241

$

701,733

  $  716,390

$

756,324

(81,520) 
755,624 

854,988 
251,940 
552,117 

(66,088) 
679,153 

840,987 
244,900 
541,108 

(60,644)   
641,089 

(60,923 ) 
655,467  

800,589 
295,136 
461,064 

806,219  
374,685  
391,902  

(63,420) 
692,904 

866,131 
501,150 
315,568 

Net income 

Net income per common share from continuing 
operations (basic) 
Basic weighted average shares 
Net income per common share from continuing 
operations (diluted) 
Diluted weighted average shares 

Balance Sheet Data (end of period): 
Loans receivable, net of unearned interest, 
insurance and fees 
Allowance for loan losses 

Loans receivable, net 

Total assets 
Total debt 
Shareholders' equity 

Other Operating Data: 
As a percent of average net loans receivable: 

Provision for loan losses 
Net charge-offs 

Number of branches open at year-end 
_______________________________________________________ 
(1) See Note 17 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K for more information on our 
discontinued operations. 

18.0%
16.1%
1,193 

15.6%
14.9%
1,177 

16.2% 
16.2% 
1,169 

14.7 %
15.0 %
1,186  

13.5%
12.8%
1,172 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

General 

The  Company's  financial  performance  continues  to  be  dependent  in  large  part  upon  the  growth  in  its  outstanding  loans 
receivable,  the  maintenance  of  loan  quality  and  acceptable  levels  of  operating  expenses. Since  March 31,  2015,  gross  loans 
receivable  have  increased  at  a  2.65%  annual  compounded  rate  from  $1.016  billion  to  $1.128  billion  at  March 31,  2019. We 
believe we were able to improve our gross loans receivable growth rates through improved marketing processes and analytics. 
During  the  four-year  period  beginning  March  31,  2015,  the  Company  has  expanded  in  size  from  1,172  branches  to  1,193 
branches  as  of  March 31,  2019. During  fiscal  2020,  the  Company  currently  plans  to  open  or  acquire  approximately  50  new 
branches and evaluate acquisitions as opportunities arise. 

The  Company  offers  an  income  tax  return  preparation  and  electronic  filing  program  in  all  but  a  few  of  its  branches. The 
Company  prepared  approximately  91,000,  77,000,  and  72,000  returns  in  each  of  the  fiscal  years  2019,  2018,  and  2017, 
respectively. Revenues  from  the  Company’s  tax  preparation  business  amounted  to  approximately  $21.5  million,  a  27.7% 
increase over the $16.8 million earned during fiscal 2018. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  derived  from  the  Company's  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and 
balance sheets, as well as operating data and ratios, for the periods indicated: 

Gross loans receivable 
Average gross loans receivable (1) 
Net loans receivable (2) 
Average net loans receivable (3) 

Expenses as a percentage of total revenue: 

Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative 
Interest expense 

Operating income as a % of total revenue (4) 

Years Ended March 31, 

2019

$ 1,127,957 
$ 1,120,112 
837,143 
$
824,763 
$

2018 
(Dollars in thousands)
$  1,004,233 
  $
$  1,019,005 
  $
745,242 
  $
$ 
753,116 
  $
$ 

2017

943,315 
996,773 
701,733 
736,706 

27.3%
52.9%
3.3%
19.8%

23.4% 
53.5% 
3.8% 
23.1% 

24.3%
49.8%
4.4%
26.0%

Loan volume 

2,720,351 

2,487,066 

2,361,219 

Net charge-offs as percent of average net loans receivable 

Return on average assets (trailing 12 months) 

Return on average equity (trailing 12 months) 

Branches opened or acquired (merged or closed), net 

16.1%

8.8%

13.6%

16 

14.9% 

16.2%

6.3% 

9.0%

10.6% 

17.1%

8 

(17) 

Branches open (at period end) 
_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Average gross loans receivable have been determined by averaging month-end gross loans receivable over the indicated period, excluding 
tax advances. 
(2) Net loans receivable is defined as gross loans receivable less unearned interest and deferred fees. 
(3) Average net loans receivable have been determined by averaging month-end gross loans receivable less unearned interest and deferred fees 
over the indicated period, excluding tax advances. 
(4) Operating income is computed as total revenue less provision for loan losses and general and administrative expenses.

1,177 

1,169 

1,193 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

Comparison of Fiscal 2019 Versus Fiscal 2018 

As  disclosed  above,  we  sold  our  Mexico  operations  effective  July  1,  2018.  As  a  result  of  the  sale,  we  have  classified  the 
Mexico business as discontinued operations on the statements of operations and balance sheets for the applicable periods. Net 
income from continuing operations for fiscal 2019 was $73.9 million, a 50.5% increase from the $49.1 million earned during 
fiscal 2018.  The increase in net income from continuing operations was primarily due to a $15.4 million decrease in income 
tax  expense  related  to  the  implementation  of  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (TCJA)  in  the  prior  year  as  well  as  an  increase  in 
average net loans receivable in the current period. 

Net  income  for  fiscal  2019  was  $37.2  million,  a  30.6%  decrease  from  the  $53.7  million  earned  during  fiscal  2018.  We 
recognized a $39.0 million impairment loss on our investment in our Mexico operations in the first quarter of fiscal 2019. In 
accordance  with  GAAP,  our  testing  for,  and  subsequent  recognition  of,  the  impairment  was  triggered  by  the  change  in 
classification of our Mexico operations from continuing operations to held for sale. Of the total impairment loss, $31.3 million 
is directly attributable to the cumulative translation loss on the investment stemming from the devaluation of the Mexican Peso 
relative to the U.S. Dollar since the date of our investment. 

Operating income (revenues less provision for loan losses and general and administrative expenses) from continuing operations 
decreased $8.1 million. 

Total  revenues  from  continuing  operations  increased  $41.9  million,  or  8.3%,  to  $544.5  million  in  fiscal  2019,  from  $502.7 
million  in  fiscal  2018. Revenues  from  continuing  operations  from  the  1,125  branches  open  throughout  both  fiscal  years 
increased  by  7.7%. At  March 31,  2019,  the  Company  had  1,193  branches  in  operation,  an  increase  of  16  branches  from 
March 31, 2018. The increase was the result of opening 25 new branches and acquiring 17 branches, partially offset by merging 
26 branches into existing branches. 

Interest  and  fee  income  from  continuing  operations  during  fiscal  2019  increased  by  $33.5  million,  or  7.7%,  from  fiscal 
2018. The increase was primarily due to a corresponding increase in average earning loans. Net loans outstanding at March 31, 
2019  increased  12.3%  compared  to  March 31,  2018,  and  average  net  loans  outstanding  increased  9.5%  during  fiscal  2019 
compared to fiscal 2018. 

Insurance commissions and other income from continuing operations increased by $8.4 million, or 12.6%, over the two fiscal 
years. Insurance commissions from continuing operations increased by $3.2 million, or 7.7%, when comparing the two fiscal 
years  due  to  an  increase  in  loan  volume  in  states  where  we  offer  our  insurance  products.  Other  income  from  continuing 
operations increased by $5.2 million, or 20.8%, when comparing the two fiscal years primarily due to an increase in tax return 
preparation income of $4.7 million. 

The  provision  for  loan  losses  from  continuing  operations  during  fiscal  2019  increased  by  $30.8  million,  or  26.2%,  from  the 
previous  year. Approximately  $17.4  million  of  the  increase  can  be  attributed  to  growth  in  the  portfolio  year  over  year. 
Approximately $13.4 million can be attributed to an increase in charge-off and delinquency rates during the year. Accounts that 
were  91  days  or  more  past  due  represented  3.8%  and  3.4%  of  our  loan  portfolio  on  a  recency  basis  at  March 31,  2019  and 
March 31, 2018, respectively. The Company's year-over-year charge-off ratio (net charge-offs as a percentage of average net 
loans receivable) increased from 14.9% for the year ended March 31, 2018 to 16.1% for the year ended March 31, 2019. 

Customers who are new borrowers to World Finance (less than 6 months since their first origination at the time of their current 
loan)  as  a  percentage  of  the  year-end  portfolio  have  grown  39.4%  year  over  year.  These  "new  to  World"  customers  now 
account for 17% of the portfolio, an increase from 13.7% last year and an average of 12.5% in the prior 5 fiscal years (2013-
2017). Further, customers with less than 1 year tenure as a percentage of the year-end portfolio have grown 33.2% year over 
year to now account for 23% of the portfolio. This increased weighting of new borrowers, our riskiest customer type, in the 
portfolio contributed to the increase in delinquency and charge-off rates of the overall portfolio. While we have experienced an 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

increase  in  portfolio  weighting  towards  less  tenured  customers  during  the  last  18  months,  we  have  not  seen  an  increase  in 
charge-off rates when comparing the less tenured customer segment to prior years. 

Charge-off ratios for the past ten fiscal years averaged 14.7%, with a high of 16.2% (fiscal 2017) and a low of 12.8% (fiscal 
2015).The following table presents the Company's charge-off ratios since 2002. 

_______________________________________________________ 
2009 In fiscal 2009 the Company's net charge-off rate increased to 16.7%, the highest in the Company’s history due to the difficult 
economic environment, which put substantial pressure on our customers' ability to repay their loans. 
2015 In fiscal 2015 the Company's net charge-off rate decreased to 12.8%. The net charge-off rate benefited from a change in branch 
level incentives during the year, which allows managers to continue collection efforts on accounts that are 91 days or more past due 
without having their monthly bonus negatively impacted. As expected, the change resulted in an increase in accounts 91 days or 
more past due and fewer charge-offs during fiscal 2015. We estimate the net charge-off rate would have been approximately 14.0% 
for fiscal 2015 excluding the impact of the change. 

General and administrative from continuing operations expenses during fiscal 2019 increased by $19.2 million, or 7.1%, over 
the  previous  fiscal  year.  General  and  administrative  expenses  from  continuing  operations,  when  divided  by  average  open 
branches,  increased  5.4%  when  comparing  the  two  fiscal  years,  and,  overall,  general  and  administrative  expenses  from 
continuing operations as a percent of total revenues from continuing operations decreased to 52.9% in fiscal 2019 from 53.5% 
in  fiscal  2018.  The  change  in  general  and  administrative  expense  from  continuing  operations  is  explained  in  greater  detail 
below. 

Personnel  expense  from  continuing  operations  totaled  $180.8  million  for  fiscal  2019,  a  $16.3  million,  or  9.9%, 
increase  over  fiscal  2018.  The  increase  was  largely  due  to  an  $11.7  million  increase  in  share-based  compensation 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

driven  by  the  long-term  incentive  plan  and  director  equity  awards  granted  during  the  year.  The  prior  year  included 
$2.5  million  of  severance-related  expense  stemming  from  the  separation  agreement  with  the  Company’s  former 
President and Chief Executive Officer. The Company also recorded a $1.8 million expense related to a change in the 
Company’s paid time off policy in the prior year. Regular payroll expense increased $4.6 million or 4.1% year over 
year. 

Occupancy and equipment expense from continuing operations totaled $41.3 million for fiscal 2019, a $2.2 million, 
or  5.6%,  increase  over  fiscal  2018.  Occupancy  and  equipment  expense  is  generally  a  function  of  the  number  of 
branches the Company has open throughout the year. In fiscal 2019 the average expense per branch increased to $34.7 
thousand, up from $33.4 thousand in fiscal 2018. 

Advertising expense from continuing operations totaled $22.5 million for fiscal 2019, a $1.3 million, or 6.1%, increase 
over  fiscal  2018.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  consulting  fees  related  to  brand  research  as  well  as  increased 
spending in our direct mail and digital campaigns. 

Amortization of intangible assets from continuing operations totaled $1.5 million for fiscal 2019, a $0.5 million, or 
54.2%, increase over fiscal 2018, which primarily relates to a corresponding increase in total intangible assets during 
the comparative periods due to acquisition activity during the current and prior year. 

Other expense from continuing operations totaled $42.2 million for fiscal 2019, a $1.2 million, or 2.7%, decrease over 
fiscal 2018. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in expense related to the Company's Mexico investigation, 
which began in March 2017. 

Interest  expense  from  continuing  operations  decreased  by  $1.2  million,  or  6.1%,  during  fiscal  2019  when  compared  to  the 
previous fiscal year as a result of a decrease in average debt outstanding of 16.0% partially offset by an increase in the effective 
interest rate from 6.0% to 6.7%. 

Income tax expense from continuing operations decreased $31.8 million, or 66.5% for fiscal 2019 compared to the prior fiscal 
year. The effective tax rate decreased to 17.8% for fiscal 2019 compared to 49.3% for fiscal 2018. The decrease was primarily 
due to a $10.5 million charge to tax expense related to the net impact of revaluing the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities 
and    a $4.9  million  charge  to  tax  expense related  to  the  foreign  transition  tax  both  in  the  prior fiscal  year,  combined  with a 
$10.3  million  decrease  in  tax  expense  due  to  the  reduction  of  the  Company's  U.S.  federal  statutory  income  tax  rate  from 
31.55% to 21%, an $850.0 thousand decrease in tax expense related to an adjustment in revaluing the U.S. deferred tax assets 
and liabilities due to additional analysis and change in estimate, and the recognition of state tax credits of $3.7 million for fiscal 
2019. 

Comparison of Fiscal 2018 Versus Fiscal 2017 

Net  income  for  fiscal 2018 was $53.7  million,  a 27.1% decrease from  the $73.6  million earned  during  fiscal 2017.  Operating 
income  (revenues  less  provision  for  loan  losses  and  general  and  administrative  expenses) from  continuing  operations 
decreased $11.5 million. The decreases in net income and operating income from continuing operations were primarily driven 
by  increases  in  personnel  expense  ($5.9  million),  advertising  expense  ($4.6  million),  and  other  expense  ($12.8  million), 
partially offset by an increase in total revenues of $11.8 million. Net income was also impacted by a $15.4 million increase in 
income tax expense related to the TCJA and a $2.4 million decrease in interest expense. 

Total  revenues  from  continuing operations increased $11.8  million,  or 2.4%, to $502.7 million in fiscal 2018  from  the $490.8 
million in  fiscal 2017. Revenues  from  continuing  operations  from  the  1,127  branches  open  throughout  both  fiscal  years 
increased  by  2.1%. At March 31,  2018, 
increase  of 8 branches 
the  Company  had 1,177 branches 
from March 31,  2017.  The  increase  was  the  result  of  opening 21 new  branches  and  acquiring 5 branches,  partially  offset  by 
merging 18 branches into existing branches. 

in  operation,  an 

45 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

income  from  continuing  operations  during  fiscal 2018 increased by $7.8  million,  or 1.8%,  from 
Interest  and  fee 
fiscal 2017. The increase was  primarily  due  to  a  corresponding increase in  average  earning  loans.  Net  loans  outstanding 
at March 31,  2018 increased  6.2%  compared  to March 31,  2017,  and  average  net  loans  outstanding increased 2.2% during 
fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. Interest and fee income for the year also benefited from an increase in loan volumes of 
approximately 5.3%. 

Insurance  commissions  and  other  income  from  continuing  operations increased by $4.0  million,  or 6.4%,  over  the  two  fiscal 
years. Insurance  commissions from  continuing  operations  increased by $1.1  million,  or 2.7%,  when  comparing  the  two  fiscal 
years  due  to  an  increase  in  loan  volume  in  states  where  we  offer  our  insurance  product.  Other  income from  continuing 
operations increased by $2.9 million, or 13.1%, when comparing the two fiscal years due mainly to an increase in tax return 
preparation income of $2.1 million. 

The  provision  for  loan  losses  from  continuing  operations  during  fiscal 2018 decreased  by $1.5  million,  or 1.2%,  from  the 
previous  year. This  decrease  resulted  from  a  decrease  in  the  amount  of  loans  that  were  fully  reserved  during  the  year.  Net 
charge-offs  for  fiscal 2018 amounted  to  $112.2  million,  a  6.0%  decrease  from  the  $119.4  million  charged  off  during 
fiscal 2017. Accounts that were 61 days or more past due represented 5.8% and 5.3% of our loan portfolio on a recency basis 
and 7.5% and 7.0% of our portfolio on a contractual basis at March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017, respectively. The Company's 
charge-off  ratio  (net  charge-offs  as  a  percentage  of  average  net  loans  receivable)  decreased  from 16.2% for  the  year 
ended March 31,  2017 to 14.8% for  the  year  ended March 31,  2018.  The  Company's  fiscal 2018 charge-off  ratio  of 14.8% is 
consistent  with  its  historical  charge-off  ratios.  Charge-off  ratios  for  the  past  ten  fiscal  years  averaged 14.7%,  with  a  high 
of 16.7% (fiscal 2009) and a low of 12.8% (fiscal 2015). 

General and administrative expenses from continuing operations during fiscal 2018 increased by $24.8 million, or 10.2%, over 
the previous fiscal year. General and administrative expenses, when divided by average open branches, increased 10.3% when 
comparing  the  two  fiscal  years,  and,  overall,  general  and  administrative  expenses  as  a  percent  of  total  revenues  increased 
to 53.5% in  fiscal 2018 from 49.8% in  fiscal 2017.  The  change  in  general  and  administrative  expense  is  explained  in  greater 
detail below. 

from 

continuing  operations 

Personnel expense 
a $5.9  million, 
or 3.7%, increase over  fiscal 2017.  The  increase  was  primarily  driven  by  an  increase  in  regular  payroll  related  to 
annual pay increases and changes in headcount, as well as increased incentive payments due to improved performance, 
$2.5 million of severance-related expense stemming from the separation agreement with the Company’s former CEO, 
and a $1.8 million expense related to a change in the Company’s paid time off policy that accelerated the accrual of 
time-off within the calendar year. The policy change became effective January 1, 2018. 

totaled $164.5  million for 

fiscal 2018, 

Occupancy and equipment expense from continuing operations totaled $39.1 million for fiscal 2018, a $1.0 million, 
or 2.7%, increase over  fiscal 2017.  Occupancy  and  equipment  expense  is  generally  a  function  of  the  number  of 
branches the Company has open throughout the year. In fiscal 2018 the average expense per branch increased slightly 
to $33.2 thousand, up from $32.6 thousand in fiscal 2017. 

from 

Advertising expense 
a $4.6  million, 
or 28.0%, increase over  fiscal 2017.  The  Company  identified opportunities  for  customer  acquisition during key  time 
frames and, in an effort to capitalize on such opportunities, increased advertising, which resulted in more advertising 
campaigns being funded in fiscal 2018 when compared to the prior year. 

totaled $21.2  million for 

continuing  operations 

fiscal 2018, 

Amortization  of  intangible  assets from  continuing  operations  totaled $1.0  million for  fiscal 2018,  a $0.5  million, 
or 102.2%, increase over  fiscal 2017,  which  primarily  relates  to  a  corresponding increase in  total  intangible  assets 
during the comparative periods due to acquisitions during fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

from 

operations 

continuing 

Other expense 
a $12.8  million, 
or 41.7%, increase over fiscal 2017. The increase was primarily due to approximately $7.2 million of expense related 
to the Company's  Mexico investigation, which began in March 2017, and a $2.3 million increase in debit card fees 
over the prior year. Debit card fees have continued to increase as customers take advantage of the Company's pay-by-
phone and on-line payment options. We have also increased our investment in information technology. 

totaled $43.3  million for 

fiscal 2018, 

Interest  expense  from  continuing  operations  decreased  by $2.4  million,  or 11.2%,  during  fiscal 2018 when  compared  to  the 
previous  fiscal  year  as  a  result  of  a decrease in  average  debt  outstanding  of 13.7%, partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  the 
effective interest rate from 5.8% to 6.0%. 

Income tax expense from continuing operations increased $9.4 million, or 24.4% for fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. The 
effective  tax  rate  increased  to 49.3% for  fiscal 2018 compared  to 36.2% for  fiscal 2017.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  a 
$10.5 million charge to tax expense related to the net impact of revaluing the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities and a $4.9 
million  charge  to  tax  expense  related  to  the  foreign  transition  tax  in fiscal  2018.  The increase was partially  offset  by  a  $3.4 
million  decrease  in  tax  expense  due  to  the  reduction  of  the  Company's  U.S.  federal  statutory  income  tax  rate  from  35%  to 
31.55% for fiscal 2018. 

Mexico Exit 

As previously disclosed, the Company sold all of the issued and outstanding capital stock and equity interest of its two Mexico 
subsidiaries,  WAC  de  Mexico  and  SWAC,  for  a  purchase  price  of  MXN$826,795,050,  effective  as  of  July  1,  2018.  The 
Company subsequently converted the purchase price into approximately USD$44.36 million using applicable exchange rates. 
The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  no  longer  operate  in  Mexico.  Thus,  the  Company  expects  its  revenues  and  gross  loans 
receivables to be negatively impacted in future years-compared to historical levels. 

Further,  under  the  terms  of  the  stock  purchase  agreement,  we  are  obligated  to  indemnify  the  purchasers  for  claims  and 
liabilities relating to certain investigations of our former Mexico operating segment, the Company, and its affiliates by the DOJ 
or the SEC that commenced prior to July 1, 2018. Any such indemnification claims could have a material adverse effect on our 
financial condition, including liquidity, and results of operations. 

Regulatory Matters 

Mexico Investigation 

As  disclosed  in  Part  I,  Item  3,  “Legal  Proceedings-Mexico  Investigation”  above,  As  previously  disclosed,  the  Company  has 
retained outside legal counsel and forensic accountants to conduct an investigation of its operations in Mexico, focusing on the 
legality under the FCPA, and certain local laws of certain payments related to loans, the maintenance of the Company’s books 
and records associated with such payments, and the treatment of compensation matters for certain employees. 

The investigation continues to address whether and to what extent improper payments, which may violate the FCPA and other 
local laws, were made approximately between 2010 and 2017 by or on behalf of WAC de Mexico, to government officials in 
Mexico relating to loans made to unionized employees. The Company voluntarily contacted the SEC and the DOJ in June 2017 
to  advise  both  agencies  that  an  internal  investigation  was  underway  and  that  the  Company  intended  to  cooperate  with  both 
agencies.  The  Company  has  and  will  continue  to  cooperate  with  both  agencies.  The  SEC  has  issued  a  formal  order  of 
investigation. A conclusion cannot be drawn at this time as to what potential remedies these agencies may seek. The Company 
cannot  determine  at  this  time  the  ultimate  effect  that  the  investigation  or  any  remedial  measures  will  have  on  its  financial 
condition or results of operations. 

If  violations  of  the  FCPA  or  other  local  laws  occurred,  the  Company  could  be  subject  to  fines,  civil  and  criminal  penalties, 
equitable  remedies,  including  profit  disgorgement  and  related  interest,  and  injunctive  relief.  In  addition,  any  disposition  of 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

these  matters  could  result  in  modifications  to  our  business  practices  and  compliance  programs.  Any  disposition  could  also 
potentially require that a monitor be appointed to review future business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with 
the  FCPA  and  other  applicable  laws.  The  Company  could  also  face  fines,  sanctions,  and  other  penalties  from  authorities  in 
Mexico, as well as third-party claims by shareholders and/or other stakeholders of the Company. In addition, disclosure of the 
investigation or its ultimate disposition could adversely affect the Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business 
or retain existing business from its current customers and potential customers, to attract and retain employees, and to access the 
capital markets. If it is determined that a violation of the FCPA has occurred, such violation may give rise to an event of default 
under  the  Company’s  credit  agreement  if  such  violation  were  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if the amount of any settlement, penalties, fines, or other 
payments resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial covenants. Additional potential FCPA violations or violations 
of  other  laws  or  regulations  may  be  uncovered  through  the  investigation.  See  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors-We  may  be 
exposed to liabilities under the FCPA, and any determination that the Company or any of its subsidiaries has violated the FCPA 
could have a material adverse effect on our business and liquidity,” “-Our investigation of our previous operations in Mexico 
may  expose  the  Company  to  other  potential  liabilities  in  addition  to  any  potential  liabilities  under  the  FCPA  and  cause  the 
Company  to  incur  substantial  expenses,”  “-We  depend  to  a  substantial  extent  on  borrowings  under  our  revolving  credit 
agreement  to  fund  our  liquidity  needs,”  and  “-The  terms  of  our  debt  limit  how  we  conduct  our  business”  for  additional 
information. 

In addition to the ultimate liability for disgorgement and related interest, the Company believes that it could be further liable for 
fines  and  penalties.  The  Company  is  continuing  its  discussions  with  the  DOJ  and  SEC  regarding  the  matters  under 
investigation, but the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount of any fine or penalty that it may have to pay as a part 
of  any  possible  settlement  or  assess  the  potential  liability  that  might  be  incurred  if  a  settlement  is  not  reached  and  the 
government were to litigate the matter. As such, based on the information available at this time, any additional liability related 
to  this  matter  is  not  reasonably  estimable.  The  Company  will  continue  to  evaluate  the  amount  of  its  liability  pending  final 
resolution of the investigation and any related discussions with the government. 

CFPB Rulemaking Initiative 

On  October  5,  2017,  the  CFPB  issued  a  final  rule  (the  “Rule”)  imposing  limitations  on  (i)  short-term  consumer  loans,  (ii) 
longer-term consumer installment loans with balloon payments, and (iii) higher-rate consumer installment loans repayable by a 
payment  authorization.  The  Rule  requires  lenders  originating  short-term  loans  and  longer-term  balloon  payment  loans  to 
evaluate whether each consumer has the ability to repay the loan along with current obligations and expenses (“ability to repay 
requirements”).  The  Rule  also  curtails  repeated  unsuccessful  attempts  to  debit  consumers’  accounts  for  short-term  loans, 
balloon payment loans, and installment loans that involve a payment authorization and an Annual Percentage Rate over 36% 
(“payment requirements”). The Rule has significant differences from the CFPB’s proposed rules announced on June 2, 2016, 
relating to payday, vehicle title, and similar loans. On February 6, 2019, the CFPB issued two notices of proposed rulemaking 
regarding  potential  amendments  to  the  Rule.    First,  the  CFPB  is  proposing  to  rescind  provisions  of  the  Rule,  including  the 
ability to repay requirements.  Second, the CFPB is proposing to delay the August 19, 2019 compliance date for part of the 
Rule, including the ability to repay requirements. These proposed amendments are not yet final. The Company does not believe 
that the Rule will have a material impact on the Company’s existing lending procedures because the Company currently does 
not make short-term consumer loans or longer-term consumer installment loans with balloon payments that would subject the 
Company  to  the  Rule’s  ability  to  repay  requirements.  However,  the  Company  will  likely  have  to  comply  with  the  Rule’s 
payment requirements if it allows consumers to set up future recurring payments online for certain covered loans such that it 
meets  the  definition  of  having  a  “leveraged  payment  mechanism”  under  the  Rule.  The  payment  provisions  of  the  Rule  are 
expected to go into effect on August 19, 2019.  If the payment provisions of the Rule apply, the Company will have to modify 
its loan payment procedures to comply with the required notices within the mandated timeframes set forth in the Rule. 

The  CFPB has  stated  that  it  expects  to  conduct  separate rulemaking  to  identify  larger participants  in  the  installment  lending 
market for purposes of its supervision program. Though the timing of any such rulemaking is uncertain, the Company believes 
that  the  implementation  of  such  rules  would  likely  bring  the  Company’s  business  under  the  CFPB’s  supervisory  authority 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

which, among other things, would subject the Company to reporting obligations to, and on-site compliance examinations by, 
the  CFPB.  See  Part  I,  Item  1,  “Business  -  Government  Regulation  -  Federal  legislation,”  for  a  further  discussion  of  these 
matters and the federal regulations to which the Company’s operations are subject and Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” for more 
information regarding these regulatory and related risks. 

Critical Accounting Policies 

The Company’s accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with GAAP and conform to general practices within the 
finance company industry. The significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements 
are  discussed  in  Note  1  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements. Certain  critical  accounting  policies  involve  significant 
judgment by the Company’s management, including the use of estimates and assumptions which affect the reported amounts of 
assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. As a result, changes in these estimates and assumptions could significantly affect the 
Company’s financial position and results of operations. The Company considers its policies regarding the allowance for loan 
losses, share-based compensation, and income taxes to be its most critical accounting policies due to the significant degree of 
management judgment involved. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The Company has developed policies and procedures for assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that take into 
consideration various assumptions and estimates with respect to its loan portfolio. The Company’s assumptions and estimates 
may be affected in the future by changes in economic conditions, among other factors. For additional discussion concerning the 
allowance for loan losses, see “Credit Quality” below. 

Share-Based Compensation 

The Company measures compensation cost for share-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation over the service 
period for awards expected to vest. The fair value of restricted stock is based on the number of shares granted and the quoted 
price  of  our  common  stock  at  the  time  of  grant,  and  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  is  determined  using  the  Black-Scholes 
valuation model. The Black-Scholes model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including expected volatility, 
risk-free interest rate and expected life, changes to which can materially affect the fair value estimate. Actual results, and future 
changes in estimates, may differ substantially from our current estimates. 

Income Taxes 

Management uses certain assumptions and estimates in determining income taxes payable or refundable, deferred income tax 
liabilities  and  assets  for  events  recognized  differently  in  its  financial  statements  and  income  tax  returns,  and  income  tax 
expense.  Determining  these  amounts  requires  analysis  of  certain  transactions  and  interpretation  of  tax  laws  and  regulations. 
Management exercises considerable judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting income tax 
liabilities  and  assets.  These  judgments  and  estimates  are  re-evaluated  on  a  periodic  basis  as  regulatory  and  business  factors 
change. 

No assurance can be given that either the tax returns submitted by management or the income tax reported on the Consolidated 
Financial  Statements  will  not  be  adjusted  by  either  adverse  rulings,  changes  in  the  tax  code,  or  assessments  made  by  the 
Internal  Revenue  Service  or  by  state  or  foreign  taxing  authorities.  The  Company  is  subject  to  potential  adverse  adjustments 
including, but not limited to: an increase in the statutory federal or state income tax rates, the permanent non-deductibility of 
amounts currently considered deductible either now or in future periods, and the dependency on the generation of future taxable 
income in order to ultimately realize deferred income tax assets. 

Under  FASB  ASC  740,  the  Company  includes  the  current  and  deferred  tax  impact  of  its  tax  positions  in  the  financial 
statements  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  (likelihood  of  greater  than  50%)  that  such  positions  will  be  sustained  by  taxing 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

authorities, with full knowledge of relevant information, based on the technical merits of the tax position. While the Company 
supports its tax positions by unambiguous tax law, prior experience with the taxing authority, and analysis that considers all 
relevant facts, circumstances and regulations, management must still rely on assumptions and estimates to determine the overall 
likelihood of success and proper quantification of a given tax position. 

Credit Quality 

The Company’s delinquency and net charge-off ratios reflect, among other factors, changes in the mix of loans in the portfolio, 
the quality of receivables, the success of collection efforts, bankruptcy trends and general economic conditions. 

Delinquency is computed on the basis of the date of the last full contractual payment on a loan (known as the recency method) 
and  on  the  basis  of  the  amount  past  due  in  accordance  with  original  payment  terms  of  a  loan  (known  as  the  contractual 
method). Upon refinancing, the contractual delinquency of a loan is measured based upon the terms of the new agreement, and 
is not impacted by the refinanced loan's classification as a new loan or modification of the existing loan. Management closely 
monitors portfolio delinquency using both methods to measure the quality of the Company's loan portfolio and the probability 
of credit losses. 

The  following  table  classifies  the  gross  loans  receivable  of  the  Company  that  were  delinquent  on  a  contractual  and  recency 
basis for at least 61 days at March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

Contractual basis: 

61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

Recency basis: 

61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

At March 31, 

2019

2018 
(Dollars in thousands)

2017

$

$

$

$

28,549 
59,634 
88,183 

7.8%

22,393 
42,772 
65,165 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

24,813 
50,020 
74,833 

  $

  $

23,003 
43,321 
66,324 

7.5% 

7.0%

19,524 
34,548 
54,072 

  $

  $

17,672 
29,188 
46,860 

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

6.3%

5.8% 

5.3%

Approximately 78.7%, 79.0%, and 79.7% of the Company's loans were generated through refinancing of outstanding loans and 
the origination of new loans to previous customers in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. A refinancing represents a new 
loan transaction with a present customer in which a portion of the new loan proceeds is used to repay the balance of an existing 
loan and the remaining portion is advanced to the customer. For fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, the percentages of the Company’s 
loan  originations  that  were  refinancings  of  existing  loans  were  66.2%,  65.9%,  and  66.8%,  respectively. The  Company’s 
refinancing policies, while limited by state regulations, in all cases consider the customer’s payment history and require that the 
customer  has  made  multiple  payments  on  the  loan  being  considered  for  refinancing. A  refinancing  is  considered  a  current 
refinancing if the customer is no more than 45 days delinquent on a contractual basis. Delinquent refinancings may be extended 
to customers who are more than 45 days past due on a contractual basis if the customer completes a new application and the 
manager  believes  that  the  customer’s  ability  and  intent  to  repay  has  improved. It  is  the  Company’s  policy  not  to  refinance 
delinquent  loans  in  amounts  greater  than  the  original  amounts  financed. In  all  cases,  a  customer  must  complete  a  new 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

application  every  two  years. Refinancings  of  delinquent  loans  represented  1.1%,  1.2%,  and  1.2%  of  the  Company’s  loan 
volume in fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

Charge-offs, as a percentage of loans made by category, are greatest on loans made to new borrowers and least on loans made 
to former borrowers and refinancings. As a percentage of total loans charged off, refinancings represent the greatest percentage 
due to the volume of loans made in this category. The following table depicts the charge-offs as a percent of loans made by 
category and as a percent of total charge-offs during fiscal 2019: 

Refinancings 

Former borrowers 
New borrowers 

Loan Volume by 
Category 
(by No. of Accounts)

Percent of 
Total Charge-offs 
(by No. of Accounts)

Charge-off as a Percent of Total 
Loans Made by Category 
(by No. of Accounts)

66.2%

12.5%
21.3%
100.0%

63.3%

8.5%
28.2%
100.0%

6.1%

6.2%
14.0%

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses in an amount that, in management's opinion, is adequate to provide for 
incurred losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The Company charges against current earnings, as a provision for loan 
losses, amounts added to the allowance to maintain it at levels expected to cover probable incurred losses of principal. When 
establishing the allowance for loan losses, the Company takes into consideration the growth of the loan portfolio, current levels 
of charge-offs, current levels of delinquencies, and current economic factors. 

The  Company  uses  a  mathematical  calculation  to  determine  the  initial  allowance  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  The 
calculation  originated  as  management's  estimate  of  future  charge-offs  and  is  used  to  allocate  expenses  to  the  branch  level. 
There are two components when calculating the allowance for loan losses, which the Company refers to as the general reserve 
and  the  specific  reserve.  This  calculation  is  a  starting  point,  and  over  time,  and  as  needed,  additional  provisions  have  been 
added as determined by management to ensure the allowance is adequate. 

The general reserve is 4.25% of the gross loan portfolio. The specific reserve generally represents 100% of all loans 91 days or 
more past due on a recency basis, including bankrupt accounts in that category. This methodology is based on historical data 
showing that the collection of loans 91 days or more past due is remote. 

A process is then performed to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, as well as considering trends in current 
levels of delinquencies, charge-off levels, and economic trends (such as energy and food prices). The primary tool used is the 
movement  model  (on  a  recency  basis),  which  considers  the  rolling  twelve  months  of  delinquency  to  determine  expected 
charge-offs.  The  sum  of  expected  charge-offs,  determined  from  the  movement  model  (on  a  recency  basis),  plus  an  amount 
related to delinquent refinancings is compared to the allowance resulting from the mathematical calculation to determine if any 
adjustments are required to make the allowance adequate. Management also determines if any adjustments are needed in the 
event the consolidated annual provision for loan losses is less than total net charge-offs. Management uses a precision level of 
5%  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  compared  to  the  aforementioned  recency  movement  model  when  determining  if  any 
adjustments are needed. 

The Company's policy is to charge off at the earlier of when such loans are deemed to be uncollectible or when six months have 
elapsed since the date of the last full contractual payment. The Company's charge-off policy has been consistently applied and 
no changes have been made during the periods reported. We believe charge-offs during fiscal 2017 were negatively impacted 
by ceasing all in-person visits to delinquent borrowers in December 2015. The Company's historical annual charge-off rate for 
the past 10 years has ranged from 12.8% to 16.2% of net loans. Management considers the charge-off policy when evaluating 
the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. 

To estimate the losses, the Company uses historical information for net charge-offs and average loan life. This method is based 
on  the  fact  that  many  customers  refinance  their  loans  prior  to  the  contractual  maturity.  Average  contractual  loan  terms  are 
approximately 12 months, and the average loan life is approximately 8 months. The Company had an allowance for loan losses 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

that  approximated  7  months  of  average  net  charge-offs  at  March  31,  2019.  Management  believes  that  the  allowance  is 
sufficient to cover estimated losses for its existing loans based on historical charge-offs and average loan life. 

A large percentage of loans that are charged off during any fiscal year are not on the Company's books at the beginning of the 
fiscal year. The Company believes that it is not appropriate to provide for losses on loans that have not been originated, that 
twelve months of net charge-offs are not needed in the allowance due to the average life of the loan portfolio being less than 
twelve months and that the method employed is in accordance with GAAP. 

The following is a summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 
2017: 

Balance at beginning of period 

Provision for loan losses 
Loan losses 
Recoveries 

Balance at end of period 

2019 
66,088,139 
148,426,578 
(148,308,199) 
15,313,106 
81,519,624 

$

$

$

$

2018 
60,644,365 
117,620,140 
(127,387,857)   
15,211,491 
66,088,139 

  $

  $

2017 
60,923,204 
119,095,712 
(135,100,416) 
15,725,865 
60,644,365 

Allowance as a percentage of loans receivable, net of unearned and 
deferred fees 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average net loans receivable (1) 

9.7%

16.1%

8.9% 

14.9% 

8.6%

16.2%

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Average net loans receivable have been determined by averaging month-end gross loans receivable less unearned interest and deferred fees 
over the indicated period, excluding tax advances. 

Quarterly Information and Seasonality 

The Company's loan volume and corresponding loans receivable follow seasonal trends. The Company's highest loan demand 
typically occurs from October through December, its third fiscal quarter. Loan demand has generally been the lowest and loan 
repayment  highest  from  January  to  March,  its  fourth  fiscal  quarter. Loan  volume  and  average  balances  typically  remain 
relatively  level  during  the  remainder  of  the  year. This  seasonal  trend  affects  quarterly  operating  performance  through 
corresponding  fluctuations  in  interest  and  fee  income  and  insurance  commissions  earned  and  the  provision  for  loan  losses 
recorded, as well as fluctuations in the Company's cash needs. Consequently, operating results for the Company's third fiscal 
quarter generally are significantly lower than in other quarters and operating results for its fourth fiscal quarter are significantly 
higher than in other quarters. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The following table sets forth, on a quarterly basis, certain items included in the Company's unaudited Consolidated Financial 
Statements and shows the number of branches open during fiscal years 2019 and 2018. 

At or for the Three Months Ended 

2019 

2018 

June 
30, 

September 
30, 

December
31, 

March 
31, 

June 
30, 

September 
30, 

December 
31, 

March 
31, 

(Dollars in thousands)

Total revenues  $  122,790     $ 
Provision for 
loan losses 
General and 
administrative 
expenses 

30,591 

67,777 

  $ 

  $ 

$ 

$ 

127,116     $  137,639 $ 156,997 $ 116,638 $

118,929     $  125,704 $ 141,399

40,359 

  $ 

48,944 $

28,533 $

27,710 $

32,824 

  $ 

40,456 $

16,631

64,936 

  $ 

76,964 $

78,626 $

66,208 $

62,767 

  $ 

64,850 $

75,282

Net income 
(loss) 

Gross loans 
receivable 
Number of 
branches open 

$ 

(21,503 )   $ 

14,538 

  $ 

6,260 $

37,940 $

13,067 $

9,800 

  $ 

1,680 $

29,143

$ 1,062,673 

  $  1,126,792 

  $  1,258,908 $ 1,127,957 $ 981,824 $ 1,023,925 

  $ 1,127,419 $ 1,004,233

1,181

1,189

1,204

1,193

1,169

1,169

1,174

1,177

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

See Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data and Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in 
the Consolidated Financial Statements for the impact of new accounting pronouncements. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

The Company has financed and continues to finance its operations, acquisitions and branch expansion through a combination 
of cash flows from operations and borrowings from its institutional lenders. The Company has generally applied its cash flows 
from operations to fund its loan volume, fund acquisitions, repay long-term indebtedness and repurchase its common stock. As 
the Company's gross loans receivable increased from $964.6 million at March 31, 2016 to $1,128.0 million at March 31, 2019, 
net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal years 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $244.7 million, $218.0 million, and $219.4 
million, respectively. 

The Company continues to believe stock repurchases are a viable component of the Company’s long-term financial strategy 
and an excellent use of excess cash when the opportunity arises. However, our revolving credit facility limits share repurchases 
to 50% of consolidated adjusted net income in any fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017. The 
Company can repurchase additional amounts of shares with prior written consent from lenders. 

The Company plans to open or acquire approximately 50 branches during fiscal 2020. Expenditures by the Company to open 
and  furnish  new  branches  averaged  approximately  $44,000  per  branch  during  fiscal  2019. New  branches  have  generally 
required $150,000 to $500,000 to fund outstanding loans receivable originated during their first 12 months of operation. During 
fiscal 2019, the Company opened 25 new branches and merged or closed 26 branches into existing ones. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The  Company  acquired  17  branches  during  fiscal  2019.  The  Company  believes  that  attractive  opportunities  to  acquire  new 
branches or receivables from its competitors or to acquire branches in communities not currently served by the Company will 
continue to become available as conditions in local economies and the financial circumstances of owners change. 

The  Company  has  a  revolving  credit  facility  with  a  syndicate  of  banks.  The  revolving  credit  facility  provides  for  revolving 
borrowings  of up  to  the  lesser  of  (a) the  aggregate  commitments  under  the  facility  and  (b) a  borrowing base,  and  includes  a 
$300,000  letter  of  credit  sub  facility.  In  June  2018,  the  credit  facility  was  amended  to,  among  other  things,  extend  the  term 
through  June  15,  2020.  In  December  2018,  the  credit  facility  was  further  amended  to,  among  other  things,  (a)  amend  the 
accordion feature to permit a maximum of aggregate commitments of $600.0 million (increased from $480.0 million), provided 
that certain conditions are met, and (b) modify the per annum interest rate on borrowings under the revolving credit agreement 
from 4.0% to an initial fixed rate of 4.0% and then a subsequent rate of LIBOR plus an applicable margin between 3.0% and 
4.0%  based  on  certain  EBITDA  related  metrics  set  forth  in  the  revolving  credit  agreement,  which  will  be  determined  and 
adjusted on a monthly basis with a minimum rate of 4.0%. At March 31, 2019, the aggregate commitments under the revolving 
credit facility were $480.0 million. The letter of credit sub facility expires on December 31, 2019; however, it automatically 
extends for one year on the expiration date. The borrowing base limitation is equal to the product of (a) the Company’s eligible 
finance receivables, less unearned finance charges, insurance premiums and insurance commissions, and (b) an advance rate 
percentage  that  ranges  from  79%  to  85%  based  on  a  collateral  performance  indicator,  as  more  completely  described  below. 
Further,  the  administrative  agent  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  has  the  right  at  any  time,  and  from  time  to  time  in  its 
permitted discretion (but without any obligation), to set aside reasonable reserves against the borrowing base in such amounts 
as  it  may  deem  appropriate,  including,  without  limitation,  reserves  with  respect  to  regulatory  events  or  any  increased 
operational, legal or regulatory risk. 

For  the  year  ended  March  31,  2019,  the  effective  interest  rate,  including  the  commitment  fee,  on  borrowings  under  the 
revolving credit facility was 6.7%. The Company pays a commitment fee equal to 0.50% per annum of the daily unused portion 
of the commitments. On March 31, 2019 $251.9 million was outstanding under this facility, and there was $227.8 million of 
unused borrowing availability under the borrowing base limitations. 

The  Company’s  obligations  under  the  revolving  credit  facility,  together  with  treasury  management  and  hedging  obligations 
owing to any lender under the revolving credit facility or any affiliate of any such lender, are required to be guaranteed by each 
of the Company’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The obligations of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors under 
the revolving credit facility, together with such treasury management and hedging obligations, are secured by a first-priority 
security interest in substantially all assets of the Company and the subsidiary guarantors. 

The  agreement  governing  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facility  contains  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including 
covenants that restrict the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, incur or guarantee indebtedness, 
incur  liens,  pay  dividends  and  repurchase  or  redeem  capital  stock,  dispose  of  assets,  engage  in  mergers  and  consolidations, 
make  acquisitions  or  other  investments,  redeem  or  prepay  subordinated  debt,  amend  subordinated  debt  documents,  make 
changes  in  the  nature  of  its  business,  and  engage  in  transactions  with  affiliates.  The  agreement  also  contains  financial 
covenants, including a minimum consolidated net worth of $330.0 million plus 50% of the borrowers' consolidated net income 
for each fiscal year beginning with 2017, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.5 to 1.0, a maximum ratio of total debt to 
consolidated adjusted net worth of 2.0 to 1.0, and a maximum ratio of subordinated debt to consolidated adjusted net worth of 
1.0  to  1.0.  The  agreement  allows  the  Company  to  incur  subordinated  debt  that  matures  after  the  termination  date  for  the 
revolving  credit  facility  and  that  contains  specified  subordination  terms,  subject  to  limitations  on  amount  imposed  by  the 
financial covenants under the agreement. 

In addition, the agreement establishes a maximum specified level for the collateral performance indicator. 

The collateral performance indicator is equal to the sum of (a) a three-month rolling average rate of receivables at least sixty 
days  past  due  and  (b)  an  eight-month  rolling  average  net  charge-off  rate.  The  Company  was  in  compliance  with  these 
covenants at March 31, 2019 and does not believe that these covenants will materially limit its business and expansion strategy. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

The agreement contains events of default including, without limitation, nonpayment of principal, interest or other obligations, 
violation  of  covenants,  misrepresentation,  cross-default  to  other  debt,  bankruptcy  and  other  insolvency  events,  judgments, 
certain  ERISA  events,  actual  or  asserted  invalidity  of  loan  documentation,  invalidity  of  subordination  provisions  of 
subordinated debt, certain changes of control of the Company, and the occurrence of certain regulatory events (including the 
entry  of  any  stay,  order,  judgment,  ruling  or  similar  event  related  to  the  Company’s  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries’  originating, 
holding,  pledging,  collecting  or  enforcing  its  eligible  finance  receivables  that  is  material  to  the  Company  or  any  subsidiary) 
which remains unvacated, undischarged, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period of 60 days from the date of 
its  entry  and  is  reasonably  likely  to  cause  a  material  adverse  change.  If  it  is  determined  that  a  violation  of  the  FCPA  has 
occurred, as described above in Part I, Item 3, “Legal Proceedings—Mexico Investigation,” such violation may give rise to an 
event of default under our credit agreement if such violation were to have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, 
properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if the amount of any settlement, penalties, fines, or other payments 
resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial covenants. 

The Company believes that cash flow from operations and borrowings under its revolving credit facility or other sources will 
be adequate to fund the expected cost of opening or acquiring new branches, including funding initial operating losses of new 
branches and funding loans receivable originated by those branches and the Company's other branches (for the next 12 months 
and  for  the  foreseeable  future  beyond  that).  Except  as  otherwise  discussed  in  this  report  including,  but  not  limited  to,  any 
discussions in Part 1, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" (as supplemented by any subsequent disclosures in information the Company 
files  with  or  furnishes  to  the  SEC  from  time  to  time),  management  is  not  currently  aware  of  any  trends,  demands, 
commitments, events or uncertainties that it believes will or could result in, or are or could be reasonably likely to result in, any 
material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s contractual obligations by period: 

Payments Due by Period 

Less than 1 
Year
13,832,463 $

—
24,470,638
—

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

254,821,763 $

—
24,218,916
—

—   $
—   
4,008,736   
—   

$  268,654,226 $

—
52,754,972
—

—

—

—

—

$  321,409,198 $

38,303,101 $

279,040,679 $

4,008,736    $

More than 5 
Years

—
—
56,682
—

—

56,682

Contractual Obligations 

Total 

Long-term debt obligations 
Capital lease obligations 
Operating lease obligations 
Purchase obligations 
Other long-term liabilities 
reflected on the balance sheet 
under GAAP 

Total 

Share Repurchase Program 

On December 16, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $75.0 million of the Company’s 
common stock, inclusive of the amount that remains available for repurchases under the prior repurchase authorization of $25.0 
million  announced  on  March  11,  2015.  As  of  March  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  $0.5  million  in  aggregate  remaining 
repurchase capacity. The timing and actual number of shares of common stock repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, 
including  the  stock  price,  corporate  and  regulatory  requirements,  restrictions  under  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  other 
market and economic conditions. 

The Company continues to believe stock repurchases are a viable component of the Company’s long-term financial strategy 
and an excellent use of excess cash when the opportunity arises. However, our revolving credit facility limits share repurchases 
to 50% of consolidated adjusted net income in any fiscal year commencing with the fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 without 
prior written consent from our lenders. Our first priority is to ensure we have enough capital to fund loan growth. To the extent 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS 

we have excess capital, we may repurchase stock, if appropriate and as authorized by our Board of Directors. As of March 31, 
2019, the Company's debt outstanding was $251.9 million, and its shareholders' equity was $552.1 million resulting in a debt-
to-equity  ratio  of  0.5:1.0.  Management  will  continue  to  monitor  the  Company's  debt-to-equity  ratio  and  is  committed  to 
maintaining a debt level that will allow the Company to continue to execute its business objectives, while not putting undue 
stress on its consolidated balance sheet. 

Inflation 

The Company does not believe that inflation, within reasonably anticipated rates, will have a materially adverse effect on its 
financial condition. Although inflation would increase the Company’s operating costs in absolute terms, the Company expects 
that the same decrease in the value of money would result in an increase in the size of loans demanded by its customer base. It 
is reasonable to anticipate that such a change in customer preference would result in an increase in total loan receivables and an 
increase  in  absolute  revenues  to  be  generated  from  that  larger  amount  of  loans  receivable. The  Company  believes  that  this 
increase in absolute revenues should offset any increase in operating costs. In addition, because the Company’s loans have a 
relatively short contractual term and average life, it is unlikely that loans made at any given point in time will be repaid with 
significantly inflated dollars. 

Legal Matters 

From time to time the Company is involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of 
business. See  Part  I,  Item  3,  “Legal  Proceedings”  and  Note  16  to  our  audited  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
discussion of legal matters. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Interest Rate Risk 

As  of  March 31,  2019,  the  Company’s  financial  instruments  consisted  of  the  following: cash  and  cash  equivalents,  loans 
receivable, and senior notes payable. Fair value approximates carrying value for all of these instruments. Loans receivable are 
originated at prevailing market rates and have an average life of approximately 8 months. Given the short-term nature of these 
loans, they are continually repriced at current market rates. The Company’s outstanding debt under its revolving credit facility 
was  $251.9  million  at  March 31,  2019. Interest  on  borrowings  under  this  facility  is  based  on  the  rate  of  LIBOR  plus  an 
applicable  margin  between  3.0%  and  4.0%  based  on  certain  EBITDA  related  metrics  set  forth  in  the  revolving  credit 
agreement, which will be determined and adjusted on a monthly basis with a minimum rate of 4.0%. 

Based  on  the  outstanding  balance  under  the  Company's  revolving  credit  facility  at  March 31,  2019,  a  change  of  1%  in  the 
LIBOR interest rate would cause a change in interest expense of approximately $2.5 million on an annual basis. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

Until the sale of its foreign subsidiaries, effective as of July 1, 2018, the Company held branches in Mexico, where its local 
businesses utilized the Mexican peso as their functional currency. The consolidated financial statements of the Company are 
denominated in U.S. dollars and were, therefore, impacted by changes in the U.S. dollar to Mexican peso exchange rate until 
the sale of the Company's foreign subsidiaries. As a result of such sale, the Company is not currently subject to foreign 
currency exchange rate risk and a change in the U.S. dollar to Mexican peso exchange rate as of March 31, 2019 would not be 
material to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Gross loans receivable 
Less: 

Unearned interest, insurance and fees 
Allowance for loan losses 

Loans receivable, net 
Property and equipment, net 
Deferred income taxes, net 
Other assets, net 
Goodwill 
Intangible assets, net 
Assets of discontinued operations (Note 17) 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Liabilities: 

Senior notes payable 
Income taxes payable 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Liabilities of discontinued operations (Note 17) 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 9 and 16) 

Shareholders' equity: 

March 31, 

2019 

2018

9,335,433    $

12,473,833
$
1,127,957,383    1,004,233,159

(258,991,492)
(66,088,139)

(290,813,752)  
(81,519,624)  
755,624,007   
25,424,183   
23,830,899   
18,398,935   
7,034,463   
15,340,153   
—   

679,153,528
22,785,951
20,175,148
13,244,416
7,034,463
6,644,301
79,475,397
$ 854,988,073    $ 840,987,037

$ 251,940,000    $ 244,900,000
14,097,419
33,503,335
7,378,431

11,550,197   
39,381,251   
—   
302,871,448   

299,879,185

Preferred stock, no par value Authorized 5,000,000, no shares issued or outstanding 
Common stock, no par value Authorized 95,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 
9,284,118 and 9,119,443 shares at March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total shareholders' equity 

—   

—

—

—

198,125,649   
353,990,976   
—   
552,116,625   

175,887,227
391,275,705
(26,055,080)

541,107,852

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

$ 854,988,073    $ 840,987,037

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Years Ended March 31, 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

2019

2018 

2017

Continuing operations 

Revenues: 

Interest and fee income 
Insurance income, net and other income 

Total revenues 

Expenses: 

Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative expenses: 

Personnel 
Occupancy and equipment 
Advertising 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Other 

Total general and administrative expenses 

Interest expense 

Total expenses 

$ 469,154,277 $ 435,701,503    $ 427,870,816
62,950,604

75,388,648

544,542,925

490,821,420

66,966,829   
502,668,332   

148,426,578

117,620,140   

119,095,712

180,823,031
41,303,547
22,494,946
1,527,656
42,154,535

288,303,715

17,934,060

454,664,353

164,496,081   
39,113,729   
21,195,718   
990,399   
43,311,742   
269,107,669   

158,575,057
38,091,999
16,557,146
489,836
30,559,588

244,273,626

19,089,635   
405,817,444   

21,504,208

384,873,546

Income from continuing operations before income taxes 

89,878,572

96,850,888   

105,947,874

Income taxes 

15,981,057

47,757,808   

38,157,492

Income from continuing operations 

73,897,515

49,093,080   

67,790,382

Discontinued operations (Note 17) 
Income from discontinued operations before disposal of discontinued 
operations and income taxes 
Loss on disposal of discontinued operations 
Income taxes (benefit) 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

2,341,825

(38,377,623)
626,583

(36,662,381)

4,353,617

—   
(243,321)  
4,596,938   

8,049,257

—
2,239,345

5,809,912

Net income 

$

37,235,134 $

53,690,018    $

73,600,294

Net income per common share from continuing operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income (loss) per common share from discontinued operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income per common share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted average common shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

$
$

$
$

$
$

8.22 $
8.03 $

(4.08) $
(3.98) $

4.14 $
4.05 $

5.58    $
5.48    $

0.52    $
0.51    $

6.11    $
5.99    $

7.79
7.72

0.67
0.66

8.45
8.38

8,994,036
9,204,377

8,791,168   
8,958,676   

8,705,658
8,778,044

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

Years Ended March 31, 

2019

2018 

2017

Net income 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Reclassification of cumulative foreign currency translation 
adjustments due to sale of Mexico business 
Comprehensive income 

$

37,235,134
(5,235,838)

53,690,018   
1,727,795   

73,600,294
(4,848,530)

31,290,918

—

—

$

63,290,214

55,417,813   

68,751,764

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Year ended March 31, 2019 

Common 
Stock

Shares 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net 

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

Balances at March 31, 2018 

9,119,443 $ 175,887,227

391,275,705

(26,055,080 ) 

541,107,852

Proceeds from exercise of stock 
options 
Common stock repurchases 
Restricted common stock expense 
under stock option plan, net of 
cancellations ($1,394,835) 
Stock option expense 
Other comprehensive loss 
Reclassification of cumulative 
foreign currency translation 
adjustments due to sale of Mexico 
business 
Net income 

Balances at March 31, 2019 

92,428

5,997,948

—

(665,020)

—

(74,519,863)

— 
—  

5,997,948

(74,519,863)

737,267

12,248,507

—
—

—

3,991,967
—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—
9,284,118 $ 198,125,649

37,235,134
353,990,976

— 
—  
(5,235,838 ) 

12,248,507

3,991,967
(5,235,838)

31,290,918 
—  
—  

31,290,918

37,235,134
552,116,625

Year ended March 31, 2018 

Common 
Stock

Shares 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net 

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

Balances at March 31, 2017 

8,782,949 $ 144,241,105

344,605,347

(27,782,875)

461,063,577

Proceeds from exercise of stock 
options 
Common stock repurchases 
Restricted common stock expense 
under stock option plan, net of 
cancellations ($1,517,357) 
Stock option expense 
ASU 2016-09 adoption 
Other comprehensive income 
Reclassification of cumulative foreign 
currency translation adjustments due 
to sale of Mexico business 
Net income 

Balances at March 31, 2018 

5,334

—
—
—

—

389,888

25,323,531

—

(58,728)

—

(4,614,331)

—
— 

25,323,531

(4,614,331)

1,564,048

2,353,214
2,405,329
—

—

—
(2,405,329)
—

—
— 
— 
1,727,795 

1,564,048

2,353,214
—
1,727,795

—
— 
(26,055,080)

—

53,690,018
541,107,852

—

—

—

—
9,119,443 $ 175,887,227

53,690,018
391,275,705

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Year ended March 31, 2017 

Common 
Stock

Shares 

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net 

Total 
Shareholders' 
Equity 

Balances at March 31, 2016 

8,812,250 $ 138,835,064

276,000,862

(22,934,345)

391,901,581

Proceeds from exercise of stock 
options, including tax expense of -
$565,162 
Common stock repurchases 
Restricted common stock expense 
under stock option plan, net of 
cancellations ($284,221) 
Stock option expense 
Other comprehensive loss 
Net income 

Balances at March 31, 2017 

33,702

(95,703)

595,343

—

—

(4,995,809)

—
— 

595,343

(4,995,809)

32,700

1,320,036

—

—
—
—

3,490,662
—
—
8,782,949 $ 144,241,105

—
—
73,600,294
344,605,347

—
— 
(4,848,530)
— 
(27,782,875)

1,320,036

3,490,662
(4,848,530)
73,600,294
461,063,577

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Cash flow from operating activities: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
activities: 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Provision for loan losses 
Depreciation 
Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) 
Compensation related to stock option and restricted stock plans, net of 
taxes and adjustments 

Change in accounts: 
Other assets, net 
Income taxes payable 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Increase in loans receivable, net 
Net assets acquired from branch acquisitions, primarily loans 
Increase in intangible assets from acquisitions 
Purchases of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flow from financing activities: 

Years Ended March 31,
2018 

2017

2019

$

37,235,134    $  53,690,018 $

73,600,294

38,377,623   
1,527,656   
592,549   
148,426,578   
6,608,348   
93,199   
(3,655,751)  

—
990,399
865,727
130,979,129
7,339,657
210,117
8,785,432

—
489,836
2,029,719
128,572,162
6,918,525
(29,583)
(894,086)

17,635,309

5,434,619

4,810,698

(5,507,068)  
(2,547,222)  
5,877,916   
244,664,271   

(858,817)
2,015,553
8,574,634

492,233
4,277,275
(904,326)

218,026,468

219,362,747

(190,976,279)  
(33,922,279)  
(10,223,508)  
(9,805,084)  
466,806   
37,494,505   
(206,965,839)  

(143,373,549)
(15,586,411)
(1,987,762)
(9,171,468)
310,542
—

(104,765,019)
(16,703,456)
(4,133,242)
(6,813,582)
801,797
—

(169,808,648)

(131,613,502)

Borrowings from senior notes payable 
Payments on senior notes payable 
Debt issuance costs associated with senior notes payable 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
Payments for taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards 
Repurchase of common stock 
Excess tax expense from exercise of stock options 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effects of foreign currency fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year from continuing operations 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year from discontinued operations 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year from continuing operations 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year from discontinued operations 

Supplemental Disclosures: 

Interest paid during the year 
Income taxes paid during the year 

$

$
$

294,963,800
(345,200,000)
(420,000)
25,323,531
(1,517,357)
(4,614,331)
—

364,290,000   
(357,250,000)  
(240,000)  
5,997,948   
(1,394,835)  
(74,519,863)  
—   
(63,116,750)  
2,667,447   
(22,750,871)  
12,473,833   
19,612,471   
9,335,433    $  32,086,304 $
9,335,433   
—   

16,885,894
11,581,936
3,618,474

(31,464,357)
132,431

12,473,833
19,612,471

274,901,200
(354,450,000)
(201,200)
1,160,505
—
(4,995,809)
(565,162)

(84,150,466)
(775,393)

2,823,386
8,095,263
4,281,761

15,200,410

11,581,936
3,618,474

16,835,789    $  17,696,711 $
23,259,590    $  38,741,119 $

19,251,788
38,042,020

 See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 
62 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The Company's accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with GAAP and conform to general practices 
within the finance company industry. The following is a description of the more significant of these policies used in 
preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Nature of Operations 

The  Company  is  a  small-dollar  consumer  finance  (installment  loan)  company  headquartered  in  Greenville,  South 
Carolina  that  offers  short-term  small  loans,  medium-term  larger  loans,  related  credit  insurance  products  and 
ancillary products and services to individuals who have limited access to other sources of consumer credit. It also 
offers income tax return preparation services to its customer base and to others. 

As  of  March 31,  2019,  the  Company  operated  1,193  branches  in  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, and 
Wisconsin. Branches  in  the  aforementioned  states  operate  under  one  of  the  following  names:  Amicable  Finance, 
Colonial Finance, Freeman Finance, General Credit, Midwestern Loans, World Acceptance, or World Finance. On 
August 3, 2018 the Company and its affiliates completed the sale of the Company's Mexico operating segment in its 
entirety,  effective  as  of  July  1,  2018.  Thus,  the  Company  operated  no  branches  in  Mexico  as  of  March  31, 
2019. During  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2019,  branches  in  Mexico  operated  under  the  name  Préstamos  Avance  or 
Préstamos Viva. The Company is subject to numerous lending regulations that vary by jurisdiction. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of  World  Acceptance  Corporation  and  its  wholly-
owned subsidiaries (the “Company”). Subsidiaries consist of operating entities in various states, ParaData Financial 
Systems  (a  software  company  acquired  during  fiscal  1994),  and  WAC  Insurance  Company,  Ltd.  (a  captive 
reinsurance company established in fiscal 1994). All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

The  financial  statements  of  the  Company’s  former  foreign  subsidiaries  in  Mexico  were  prepared  using  the  local 
currency as the functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries were translated into U.S. dollars at 
the  then-current  exchange  rate  while  income  and  expense  are  translated  at  an  average  exchange  rate  for  the 
applicable  period. The  resulting  translation  gains  and  losses  are  recognized  as  a  component  of  equity  in 
“Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, net.” 

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amount  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  liabilities  at  the 
date  of  the  financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenue  and  expenses  during  the  reporting 
period. Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  The  most  significant  item  subject  to  such  estimates  and 
assumptions that could materially change in the near term is the allowance for loan losses. 

Reclassification 

Certain prior period  amounts  have been reclassified  to  conform to  the  current  presentation.  Such  reclassifications 
had no impact on previously reported net income or shareholders' equity. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Business Segments 

The  Company  reports  operating  segments  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  280. Operating  segments  are 
components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by 
the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. FASB ASC Topic 
280 requires that a public enterprise report a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense 
items, segment assets, information about the way that the operating segments were determined and other items. 

The Company has one reportable segment. The other revenue generating activities of the Company, including the 
sale  of  insurance  products,  income  tax  preparation,  and  the  automobile  club,  are  done  within  the  existing  branch 
network in conjunction with or as a complement to the lending operations. There is no discrete financial information 
available  for  these  activities,  and  they  do  not  meet  the  criteria  under  FASB  ASC  Topic  280  to  be  considered 
operating segments. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 
three months or less from the date of original issuance to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2019 and 2018 the 
Company  had  $5.1  million  and  $5.5  million,  respectively,  in  restricted  cash  associated  with  its  captive  insurance 
subsidiary that reinsures a portion of the credit insurance sold in connection with loans made by the Company. 

Loans and Interest and Fee Income 

The  Company  is  licensed  to  originate  consumer  loans  in  the  states  of  Alabama,  Georgia,  Idaho,  Illinois,  Indiana, 
Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, New Mexico, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Utah, and 
Wisconsin. During fiscal 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company originated loans generally ranging up to $4,000, with 
terms  of  48  months  or  fewer. Experience  indicates  that  a  majority  of  the  consumer  loans  are  refinanced,  and  the 
Company  accounts  for  the  majority  of  the  refinancings  as  new  loans. Generally  a  customer  must  make  multiple 
payments in order to qualify for refinancing. Furthermore, the Company's lending policy has predetermined lending 
amounts so that in most cases a refinancing will result in advancing additional funds. The Company believes that 
the advancement of additional funds constitutes more than a minor modification to the terms of the existing loan if 
the present value of the cash flows under the terms of the new loan will be 10% or more of the present value of the 
remaining cash flows under the terms of the original loan. 

The following table sets forth information about our loan products for fiscal 2019: 

Small loans 
Large loans 
Tax advance loans 

Minimum 
Origination 

Maximum 
Origination   

$

100 $

2,500
100

2,500  
15,970  
5,000  

Minimum 
Term 
(Months) 

Maximum 
Term 
(Months)

4   
12   
8   

25
48
8

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Gross loans receivable at March 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following: 

Small loans 
Large loans 
Tax advance loans 

Total gross loans 

2019 

2018 

$

$

736,643,663    
383,686,372   
7,627,348   
1,127,957,383    

667,990,387
333,549,952
2,692,820

1,004,233,159

Fees  received and  direct  costs  incurred for the  origination  of loans  are  deferred  and  amortized  to  interest  income 
over the contractual lives of the loans using the interest method. Unamortized amounts are recognized in income at 
the  time  that  loans  are  refinanced  or  paid  in  full  except  for  those  refinancings  that  do  not  constitute  a  more  than 
minor modification. 

Loans  are  carried  at  the  gross  amount  outstanding,  reduced  by  unearned  interest  and  insurance  income,  net  of 
deferred origination fees and direct costs and an allowance for loan losses. The Company recognizes interest and fee 
income using the interest method. Charges for late payments are credited to income when collected. 

With  the  exception  of  tax  advance  loans,  which  are  interest  free,  the  Company  offers  its  loans  at  the  prevailing 
statutory rates for  terms  not  to  exceed 48  months. Management  believes that  the  carrying  value  approximates  the 
fair value of its loan portfolio. 

Nonaccrual Policy 

The  accrual  of  interest  is  discontinued  when  a  loan  is  61  days  or  more  past  the  contractual  due  date.  When  the 
interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against interest income. While a loan is on 
nonaccrual status, interest revenue is recognized only when a payment is received. Once a loan moves to nonaccrual 
status, it remains in nonaccrual status until it is paid out, charged off or refinanced. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses in an amount that, in management's opinion, is adequate to 
provide for incurred losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio.  The Company charges against current earnings, 
as a provision for loan losses, amounts added to the allowance to maintain it at levels expected to cover probable 
incurred losses of principal. When establishing the allowance for loan losses, the Company takes into consideration 
the growth of the loan portfolio, current levels of charge-offs, current levels of delinquencies, and current economic 
factors. 

The  Company  uses  a  mathematical  calculation  to  determine  the  initial  allowance  at  the  end  of  each  reporting 
period.  The calculation originated as management's estimate of future charge-offs and is used to allocate expenses 
to the branch level. There are two components when calculating the allowance for loan losses, which the Company 
refers  to  as  the  general reserve  and  the  specific  reserve. This  calculation  is  a  starting point  and  over  time,  and  as 
needed, additional provisions have been added as determined by management to make the allowance adequate. 

The  general  reserve  is  4.25%  of  the  gross  loan  portfolio.  The  specific  reserve  represents  100%  of  the  gross  loan 
balance of all loans 91 days or more days past due on a recency basis, including bankrupt accounts in that category. 
This  methodology  is  based  on  historical  data  showing  that  the  collection  of  loans  91  days  or  more  past  due  is 
remote. 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

A process is then performed to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, which considers trends in 
current  levels  of  delinquencies,  charge-off  levels,  and  economic  trends  (such  as  energy  and  food  prices). The 
primary  tool  used  is  the  movement  model  (on  a  recency  basis)  which  considers  the  rolling  twelve  months  of 
delinquency  to  determine  expected  charge-offs.  The  sum  of  expected  charge-offs  determined  from  the  recency 
movement  model  plus  the  amount  of  delinquent  refinancings  is  compared  to  the  allowance  resulting  from  the 
mathematical calculation to determine if any adjustments are needed to make the allowance adequate.  Management 
would also determine if any adjustments are needed if the consolidated annual provision for loan losses is less than 
total  charge-offs.  Management  uses  a  precision  level  of  5%  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  compared  to  the 
aforementioned recency movement model when determining if any adjustments are needed. 

The  Company's  policy  is  to  charge  off  loans  at  the  earlier  of  when  such  loans  are  deemed  to  be  uncollectible  or 
when six months have elapsed since the date of the last full contractual payment. The Company's charge-off policy 
has been consistently applied and no changes have been made during the periods reported. The Company's historical 
annual  charge-off  rate  (net  charge-offs  as  a  percentage  of  average  net  loans  receivable)  for  the  past  10  years  has 
ranged  from  12.8%  to  16.2%  of  net  loans.  Management  considers  the  charge-off  policy  when  evaluating  the 
appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses. 

Impaired Loans 

The  Company  defines  impaired  loans  as  bankrupt  accounts  and  accounts  91  days  or  more  past  due  on  a  recency 
basis. In accordance with the Company’s charge-off policy, once a loan is deemed uncollectible, 100% of the net 
investment  is  charged  off,  except  in  the  case  of  a borrower  who has  filed  for bankruptcy. As  of  March 31,  2019, 
bankrupt accounts that had not been charged off were approximately $6.1 million.  Bankrupt accounts 91 days or 
more past due on a recency basis are reserved at 100% of the gross loan balance. The Company also considers any 
accounts 91 days or more past due on a recency basis to be impaired, and such accounts are reserved at 100% of the 
gross loan balance. 

Delinquency  is  the  primary  credit  quality  indicator  used  to  determine  the  credit  quality  of  the  Company's 
receivables (additional requirements from ASC 310-10 are disclosed in Note 2). 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is recorded 
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset as follows: buildings, 25 to 40 years; 
furniture  and  fixtures,  5  to  10  years;  equipment,  3  to  7  years;  and  vehicles,  3  years. Amortization  of  leasehold 
improvements is recorded using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or 
the term of the lease.  Additions to premises and equipment and major replacements or improvements are added at 
cost. Maintenance, repairs, and minor replacements are charged to operating expense as incurred. When assets are 
retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain 
or loss is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations. 

Operating Leases 

The Company’s branch leases typically have a lease term of three to five years and contain lessee renewal options 
and  cancellation  clauses  in  the  event  of  regulatory  changes. The  Company  typically  renews  its  leases  for  one  or 
more  option  periods. Accordingly,  the  Company  amortizes  its  leasehold  improvements  over  the  shorter  of  their 
economic lives, which are generally five years, or the lease term that considers renewal periods that are reasonably 
assured. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Other Assets 

Other assets include cash surrender value of life insurance policies, prepaid expenses, debt issuance costs, and other 
deposits. 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill 

Intangible assets include the cost of acquiring existing customers ("customer lists"), and the fair value assigned to 
non-compete agreements. Customer lists are amortized on a straight line or accelerated basis over their estimated 
period of benefit, ranging from 8 to 23.0 years with a weighted average of approximately 13.3 years. Non-compete 
agreements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, ranging from 3 to 5.3 years with a 
weighted average of approximately 4.8 years. 

Customer lists are allocated at a branch level and are evaluated for impairment at a branch level when a triggering 
event occurs, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 360-10-05. If a triggering event occurs, the impairment loss to 
the customer list is generally the remaining unamortized customer list balance. In most acquisitions, the original fair 
value of the customer list allocated to a branch is less than $100,000, and management believes that in the event a 
triggering event were to occur, the impairment loss to an unamortized customer list would be immaterial. 

Non-compete  agreements  are  valued  at  the stated  amount paid  to the other party  for  these  agreements, which  the 
Company believes approximates the fair value. The fair value of the customer lists is based on a valuation model 
that  utilizes  the  Company’s  historical  data  to  estimate  the  value  of  any  acquired  customer  lists. In  a  business 
combination, the remaining excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible assets, customer list, and 
non-compete agreements is allocated to goodwill. The branches the Company acquires are small, privately-owned 
branches, which do not have sufficient historical data to determine customer attrition. The Company believes that 
the  customers  acquired  have  the  same  characteristics  and  perform  similarly  to  its  customers. Therefore,  the 
Company  utilized  the  attrition  patterns  of  its  customers  when  developing  the  estimate  of  attrition  for  acquired 
customers. This estimation method is re-evaluated periodically. 

The Company evaluates goodwill annually for impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year using the market 
value-based approach. The Company has one reporting unit, and the Company has multiple components, the lowest 
level of which is individual branches.  The Company’s components are aggregated for impairment testing because 
they have similar economic characteristics. 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets 

The  Company  assesses  impairment  of  long-lived  assets,  including  property  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets, 
whenever  changes  or  events  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  may  not  be  recoverable. The  Company  assesses 
impairment  of  these  assets  generally  at  the  branch  level  based  on  the operating  cash  flows  of  the  branch  and  the 
Company’s  plans  for  branch  closings. The  Company  will  write  down  such  assets  to  fair  value  if,  based  on  an 
analysis, the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets. The 
Company did not record any impairment charges for the fiscal year ended 2019, 2018, or 2017. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

FASB ASC Topic 825 requires disclosures about the fair value of all financial instruments, regardless of whether 
the financial instrument is recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. In cases 
where  quoted  market  prices  are  not  available,  fair  values  are  based  on  estimates  using  present  value  or  other 
valuation techniques. The Company’s financial instruments for the periods reported consist of the following: cash 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

and cash equivalents, loans receivable and senior notes payable. Fair value approximates carrying value for all of 
these instruments. 

Loans  receivable  are  originated  at  prevailing  market  rates  and  have  an  average  life  of  approximately  8 
months. Given  the  short-term  nature  of  these  loans,  they  are  continually  repriced  at  current  market  rates. The 
Company’s  revolving  credit  facility  has  a  variable  rate  based  on  a  margin  over  LIBOR  and  reprices  with  any 
changes in LIBOR. 

Insurance Premiums and Commissions 

Insurance premiums for credit life, accident and health, property and unemployment insurance written in connection 
with  certain  loans,  net  of  refunds  and  applicable  advance  insurance  commissions  retained  by  the  Company,  are 
remitted monthly to an insurance company. All commissions are credited to unearned insurance commissions and 
recognized as income over the life of the related insurance contracts. The Company recognizes insurance income 
using the Rule of 78s method for credit life (decreasing term), credit accident and health, unemployment insurance 
and the Pro Rata method for credit life (level term) and credit property. 

Non-filing Insurance 

Non-filing  insurance  premiums  are  charged  on  certain  loans  in  lieu  of  recording  and  perfecting  the  Company's 
security interest in the assets pledged. The premiums and recoveries are remitted to a third party insurance company 
and are not reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements (see Note 8). 

Claims paid by the third party insurance company result in a reduction to loan losses. Certain losses related to such 
loans, which are not recoverable through life, accident and health, property, or unemployment insurance claims are 
reimbursed through non-filing insurance claims subject to policy limitations.  Any remaining losses are charged to 
the allowance for loan losses. 

Income Taxes 

Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  the  asset  and  liability  method. Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are 
recognized  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying 
amounts  of  existing  assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases  and  operating  loss  and  tax  credit 
carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled. The  effect  on 
deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the 
enactment date. 

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being 
sustained. Recognized  income  tax  positions  are  measured at  the largest  amount  that  is  greater  than  50%  likely  of 
being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment 
related to additional facts and circumstances occurs. 

Earnings Per Share 

Earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 260. Basic EPS includes no dilution 
and  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  by  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  for  the 
period. Diluted  EPS  reflects  the  potential  dilution  of  securities  that  could  share  in  the  earnings  of  the 
Company. Potential common stock included in the diluted EPS computation consists of stock options and restricted 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

stock,  which  are  computed  using  the  treasury  stock  method. See Note  11  for  the reconciliation  of  the  numerators 
and denominators for basic and dilutive EPS calculations. 

Stock-Based Compensation 

FASB ASC Topic 718-10 requires companies to recognize in the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock 
options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees. FASB ASC Topic 718-10 does not change the 
accounting  guidance  for  share-based  payment  transactions  with  parties  other  than  employees  provided  in  FASB 
ASC Topic 718-10. Under FASB ASC Topic 718-10, the way an award is classified will affect the measurement of 
compensation  cost.  Liability-classified  awards  are  remeasured  to  fair  value  at  each  balance-sheet  date  until  the 
award  is  settled.  Equity-classified  awards  are  measured  at  grant-date  fair  value,  amortized  over  the  subsequent 
vesting period, and are not subsequently remeasured. The fair value of non-vested stock awards for the purposes of 
recognizing stock-based compensation expense is the market price of the stock on the grant date. The fair value of 
options is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model (see Note 12). At March 31, 
2019, the Company had several share-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 
12. 
Share Repurchases 

On December 16, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $75.0 million of the 
Company’s  common  stock,  inclusive  of  the  amount  that  remained  available  for  repurchases  under  the  prior 
repurchase authorization of $25.0 million announced on March 11, 2015. As of March 31, 2019, the Company had 
$0.5 million in aggregate remaining repurchase capacity. The timing and actual number of shares of common stock 
repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including the  stock price, corporate and regulatory requirements, 
restrictions  under  the  revolving  credit  agreement  and  other  market  and  economic  conditions.  Although  the 
repurchase  authorization  above  has  no  stated  expiration  date,  the  Company’s  stock  repurchase  program  may  be 
suspended or discontinued at any time. 

The Company continues to believe stock repurchases are a viable component of the Company’s long-term financial 
strategy and an excellent use of excess cash when the opportunity arises. However, our revolving credit agreement 
limits share repurchases to 50% of consolidated adjusted net income in any fiscal year commencing with the fiscal 
year  ending  March  31,  2017  without  prior  written  consent  of  the  lenders.  Our  first  priority  is  to  ensure  we  have 
enough capital  to  fund  loan growth.  To  the  extent we  have  excess  capital,  we  may  resume  repurchasing  stock,  if 
appropriate and as authorized by our Board of Directors. As of March 31, 2019, our debt outstanding was $251.9 
million,  and  our  shareholders'  equity  was  $552.1  million  resulting  in  a  debt-to-equity  ratio  of  0.5:1.0.  We  will 
continue  to  monitor  our  debt-to-equity  ratio  and  are  committed  to  maintaining  a  debt  level  that  will  allow  us  to 
continue to execute our business objectives, while not putting undue stress on our consolidated balance sheet. 

Comprehensive Income 

Total comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). The Company’s other 
comprehensive  income  (loss)  and  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  are  composed  of  foreign 
currency translation adjustments. 

Concentration of Risk 

The Company generally serves individuals with limited access to other sources of consumer credit such as banks, 
credit unions, other consumer finance businesses and credit card lenders. During the year ended March 31, 2019, the 
Company operated in sixteen states in the United States. For the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, total 
revenue  within  the  Company's  four  largest  states  (Texas,  Georgia,  Tennessee,  and  South  Carolina)  accounted  for 
approximately 57%, 53% and 53%, respectively, of the Company's total revenues. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  Company  maintains  amounts  in  bank  accounts  which,  at  times,  may  exceed  federally  insured  limits.  The 
Company  has  not  experienced  losses  in  such  accounts,  which  are  maintained  with  large  domestic  banks. 
Management believes the Company’s exposure to credit risk is minimal for these accounts. 

Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed when incurred. Advertising costs were approximately $22.5 million, $21.2 million, 
and $16.6 million for fiscal years 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards 

Scope of Modification Accounting 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Scope of Modification Accounting. The amendments in this update 
provide guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity 
to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. According to ASU 2017-09 an entity should account for the effects 
of a modification unless all the following are met: 

1.  The fair value  of  the  modified  award  is  the  same  as  the fair value  of  the original  award  immediately 
before the original award is modified.  
2.  The  vesting  conditions  of  the  modified  award  are  the  same  as  the  vesting  conditions  of  the  original 
award immediately before the original award is modified.  
3.  The classification of the modified award as an equity instrument or a liability instrument is the same as 
the classification of the original award immediately before the original award is modified.  

The  amendments  in  this  Update  are  effective  for  all  entities  for  annual  periods,  and  interim  periods  within  those 
annual  periods,  beginning  after  December  15,  2017.  The  Company  adopted  ASU  2017-09  on  its  effective  date, 
April  1,  2018.  Management  has  reviewed  the  provisions  of  ASU  2017-09  and  has  determined  that  there  is  no 
financial  statement  impact  during  the  period  since  this  is  a  clarification  to  current  guidance.  The  Company  will 
apply the clarified guidance on any future change to terms and conditions of share-based payment awards. 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing 

In  April  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-10,  Identifying  Performance  Obligations  and  Licensing.  The 
amendments  clarify  the  following  two  aspects  of  Topic  606:  (a)  identifying  performance  obligations;  and  (b)  the 
licensing implementation guidance. The amendments do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. 
The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments are the same as the effective date and transition 
requirements  in  Topic  606.  Public  entities  should  apply  the  amendments  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning 
after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods therein. The Company adopted ASU 2016-10 on its 
effective date, April 1, 2018. Management has concluded that the new standard did not have a material impact on 
the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 

In  January  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-01,  which  updates  certain  aspects  of  recognition,  measurement, 
presentation  and  disclosure  of  financial  instruments.  Public  entities  should  apply  the  amendments  for  annual 
reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017,  including  interim  reporting  periods  therein.  The  Company 
adopted  ASU  2016-01  on  its  effective  date,  April  1,  2018.  The  Company's  current  disclosures  around  financial 
instruments  reflect  the  instruments'  estimated  fair  market  value  or  exit  price.  Based  on  this,  management  has 
determined that the provisions of ASU 2016-01 had no financial statement impact during the period of adoption. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements Topic 605 
(Revenue Recognition), and most industry-specific guidance. ASU 2014-09 is based on the principle that revenue is 
recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to 
which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in  exchange  for  those  goods  or  services.  ASU  2014-09  also  requires 
additional  disclosure  about  the  nature,  amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from 
customer  contracts,  including  significant  judgments  and  changes  in  judgments  and  assets  recognized  from  costs 
incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09, as amended by ASU 2015-14, ASU 2016-20, ASU 2017-13, is 
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company adopted this new 
guidance on its effective date, April 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective method where prior periods are not 
restated.  Management  has  evaluated  revenue  from  contracts  with  customers  and  has  concluded  that  the  new 
standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards to be Adopted 

Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment 

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2017-04,  Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment.  ASU  No. 
2017-04  eliminates  Step  2  from  the  goodwill  impairment  test.  Instead,  under  the  amendments  in  this  Update,  an 
entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit 
with  its  carrying  amount.  Additionally,  an  entity  should  consider  income  tax  effects  from  any  tax  deductible 
goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment loss, if applicable. 
ASU No. 2017-04 also eliminates the requirements for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to 
perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment 
test. Therefore, the same impairment assessment applies to all reporting units. The amendments in this Update are 
effective for public entities who are SEC filers for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is 
permitted.  We  are  currently  evaluating  the  impact  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  will  have  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements. 

Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses. The update, as amended 
by  ASU  2019-04,  seeks  to  provide  financial  statement  users  with  more  decision-useful  information  about  the 
expected credit losses on financial instruments and other commitments to extend credit held by a reporting entity at 
each reporting date. To achieve this objective, the amendments in this  ASU replace the incurred loss impairment 
methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of 
a  broader  range  of  reasonable  and  supportable  information  to  inform  credit  loss  estimates.  For  public  business 
entities the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods 
within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including 
interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact the adoption of this guidance will 
have  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  adoption  of  this  ASU  could  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
provision  for  loan  losses  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  and  allowance  for  loan  losses  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

Leases 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The ASU 2016-02, as amended by ASU 
2018-01, and ASU 2018-10 will require lessees to recognize assets and liabilities on leases with terms greater than 
12  months  and  to  disclose  information  related  to  the  amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows  arising  from 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

leases, including various qualitative and quantitative requirements. The amendments of this ASU become effective 
for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018. 

In  July  of  2018,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2018-11, Leases:  Targeted  Improvements, which  allows  for  a  transition 
option to adopt the standard on the date of initial application as opposed to the modified retrospective approach. We 
plan to make the election to adopt the standard using this transition relief. 

Upon adoption of this guidance on April 1, 2019 the Company recorded a right-of-use asset of $95.1 million, a lease 
liability, net of the removal of deferred rent expense the balance, of $92.3 million, and a current period adjustment 
to  retained  earnings  of  $2.8  million.  Adoption  of  the  standard  did  not  impact  the  Company's  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Operations  nor  did  adoption  require  the  Company  to  alter  its  revolving  credit  facility  to  remain  in 
compliance with its debt covenants. 

We reviewed all other newly issued accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to 
our  business  or  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a  result  of 
future adoption. 

(2)  Allowance for Loan Losses and Credit Quality Indicators 

The following is a summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, 
and 2017: 

Balance at beginning of period 

Provision for loan losses 
Loan losses 
Recoveries 

Balance at end of period 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$

66,088,139
148,426,578
(148,308,199)
15,313,106

$

81,519,624

60,644,365   
117,620,140   
(127,387,857)  
15,211,491   
66,088,139   

60,923,204
119,095,712
(135,100,416)
15,725,865

60,644,365

The following is a summary of loans individually and collectively evaluated for impairment for the periods indicated: 

March 31, 2019 

Gross loans in bankruptcy, excluding contractually 
delinquent 
Gross loans contractually delinquent 

Loans not contractually delinquent and not in bankruptcy

Gross loan balance 
Unearned interest and fees 
Net loans 
Allowance for loan losses 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 

Loans 
individually 
evaluated for 
impairment  
(impaired 
loans) 

$

4,644,203

59,633,541

—

64,277,744
(14,319,795)
49,957,949
(45,511,124)
4,446,825

$

72 

Loans 
collectively 
evaluated for  
impairment 

Total 

—
—   
1,063,679,639   
1,063,679,639   
(276,493,957)  
787,185,682   
(36,008,500)  
751,177,182   

4,644,203

59,633,541

1,063,679,639

1,127,957,383
(290,813,752)
837,143,631
(81,519,624)
755,624,007

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

March 31, 2018 

Loans individually
evaluated for  
impairment  
(impaired loans) 

Loans collectively 
evaluated for  
impairment 

Total 

Gross loans in bankruptcy, excluding contractually 
delinquent 
Gross loans contractually delinquent 
Loans not contractually delinquent and not in bankruptcy

$

Gross loan balance 
Unearned interest and fees 

Net loans 
Allowance for loan losses 

4,627,599

50,019,567
—

54,647,166
(11,433,666)

43,213,500
(38,782,574)

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 

$

4,430,926

—
—   
949,585,993   
949,585,993   
(247,557,826)  
702,028,167   
(27,305,565)  
674,722,602   

4,627,599

50,019,567
949,585,993

1,004,233,159
(258,991,492)

745,241,667
(66,088,139)

679,153,528

The average net balance of impaired loans was $47.0 million, $42.3 million, and $37.5 million, respectively, for the years 
ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. It is not practicable to compute the amount of interest earned on impaired loans, 
nor is it practicable to compute the interest income recognized using the cash-basis method during the period such loans 
were impaired. 

The following is an assessment of the credit quality for the fiscal years indicated: 

Credit risk 

Consumer loans- non-bankrupt accounts 
Consumer loans- bankrupt accounts 

Total gross loans 

Consumer credit exposure 

Credit risk profile based on payment activity, performing 
Contractual non-performing, 61 days or more delinquent (1) 

Total gross loans 

Credit risk profile based on customer type 

New borrower 
Former borrower 
Refinance 
Delinquent refinance 

Total gross loans 

_______________________________________________________ 
(1) Loans in non-accrual status 

March 31, 
 2019 

March 31, 
 2018 

1,121,895,834   
6,061,549   
1,127,957,383   

998,299,051
5,934,108

1,004,233,159

1,039,774,448   
88,182,935   
1,127,957,383   

929,400,862
74,832,297

1,004,233,159

138,140,479   
116,242,182   
854,880,194   
18,694,528   
1,127,957,383   

104,762,628
104,281,551
778,115,097
17,073,883

1,004,233,159

$

$

$

$

$

$

73 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following is a summary of the past due receivables as of: 

Contractual basis: 

30-60 days past due 
61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

Recency basis: 

30-60 days past due 
61-90 days past due 
91 days or more past due 

Total 

March 31, 
 2019 

March 31, 
 2018 

March 31, 
 2017 

40,300,574 
28,549,394 
59,633,541 
128,483,509 

32,959,151 
24,812,730 
50,019,567 
107,791,448 

30,640,748 
23,002,999 
43,320,534 
96,964,281 

11.4%

10.7% 

10.3%

35,992,122 
22,393,106 
42,771,862 
101,157,090 

29,356,319 
19,523,845 
34,548,433 
83,428,597 

27,004,856 
17,671,790 
29,188,082 
73,864,728 

$

$

$

$

Percentage of period-end gross loans receivable 

9.7%

9.0% 

8.4%

(3)  Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consist of: 

Land 
Building and leasehold improvements 
Furniture and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

Total 

March 31, 
2019 

March 31, 
2018 

$ 

576,977   
20,383,762   
47,027,859   
67,988,598   
(42,564,415)  
$  25,424,183   

576,977
18,946,151
42,576,348
62,099,476
(39,313,525)
22,785,951

Depreciation expense was approximately $6.6 million, $7.3 million, and $6.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2019, 
2018, and 2017, respectively. 

74 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(4) 

 Intangible Assets 

The following table provides the gross carrying amount and related accumulated amortization of definite-lived intangible 
assets: 

March 31, 2019 

March 31, 2018 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated
Amortization

Net 
Intangible 
Asset 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

Accumulated
Amortization

Net 
Intangible 
Asset 

Cost of customer lists 
Value assigned to non-
compete agreements 

Total 

$ 37,183,018   

(22,509,921)

14,673,097 $ 27,494,510    

(21,098,875)

6,395,635

9,164,643
$ 46,347,661   

(8,497,587)

667,056

8,629,643

(8,380,977)

248,666

(31,007,508)

15,340,153 $ 36,124,153    

(29,479,852)

6,644,301

The estimated amortization expense for intangible assets for future years ended March 31 is as follows: $2.3 million for 
2020; $2.3 million for 2021; $2.3 million for 2022; $2.2 million for 2023; $2.0 million for 2024; and an aggregate of $4.2 
million for the years thereafter. 

(5)  Goodwill 

The following summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2019 and 2018: 

Balance at beginning of year: 

Goodwill 
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses 

Goodwill, net 

Goodwill acquired during the year 
Impairment losses 

Balance at end of year: 

Goodwill 
Accumulated goodwill impairment losses 

Goodwill, net 

2019 

2018 

7,114,094   
(79,631)  
7,034,463   

6,146,851
(79,631)
6,067,220

—   
—   

967,243
—

7,114,094   
(79,631)  
7,034,463   

7,114,094
(79,631)
7,034,463

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The Company performed an annual impairment test during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2019 and 2018 and determined 
that none of the recorded goodwill was impaired. 

(6)  Notes Payable 

Senior Notes Payable; Revolving Credit Facility 

At March 31, 2019 the Company's notes payable consisted of a $480.0 million senior revolving credit facility, which has 
an accordion feature permitting the maximum aggregate commitments to increase to $600.0 million provided that certain 
conditions are met. At March 31, 2019 $251.9 million was outstanding under the facility, not including a $300.0 thousand 
outstanding standby letter of credit related to workers compensation. To the extent that the letter of credit is drawn upon, 
the  disbursement  will  be  funded  by  the  credit  facility.  There  are  no  amounts  due  related  to  the  letter  of  credit  as  of 
March 31, 2019. The letter of credit expires on December 31, 2019; however, it automatically extends for one year on the 
expiration date. Subject to a borrowing base formula, the Company may borrow at the rate of LIBOR plus an applicable 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

margin  between  3.0%  and  4.0%  based  on  certain  EBITDA  related  metrics  set  forth  in  the  revolving  credit  agreement, 
which will be determined and adjusted on a monthly basis with a minimum rate of 4.0%. The revolving credit facility has 
a  commitment  fee  of  0.50%  per  annum  on  the  unused  portion  of  the  commitment.  Commitment  fees  on  the  unused 
portion of the borrowing totaled $1.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.6 million for the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, 
and 2017, respectively. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility mature on June 15, 2020. 

For the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 the Company’s effective interest rate, including the commitment 
fee, was 6.7%, 6.0%, and 5.8% respectively, and the unused amount available under the revolver at March 31, 2019 was 
$227.8 million. 

Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral for borrowings under the revolving credit agreement. 

Debt Covenants 

The agreement governing the Company’s revolving credit facility contains affirmative and negative covenants, including 
covenants  that  restrict  the  ability  of  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  to,  among  other  things,  incur  or  guarantee 
indebtedness, incur liens, pay dividends and repurchase or redeem capital stock, dispose of assets, engage in mergers and 
consolidations,  make  acquisitions  or  other  investments,  redeem  or  prepay  subordinated  debt,  amend  subordinated  debt 
documents,  make  changes  in  the  nature  of  its  business,  and  engage  in  transactions  with  affiliates.  The  agreement  also 
contains financial covenants, including a minimum consolidated net worth of $330.0 million plus 50% of the borrower's 
consolidated net income for each fiscal year beginning with 2017, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.5 to 1.0, a 
maximum ratio of total debt to consolidated adjusted net worth of 2.0 to 1.0, and a maximum ratio of subordinated debt to 
consolidated adjusted net worth of 1.0 to 1.0. The agreement allows the Company to incur subordinated debt that matures 
after  the  termination  date  for  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  that  contains  specified  subordination  terms,  subject  to 
limitations on amount imposed by the financial covenants under the agreement. 

In addition, the agreement establishes a maximum specified level for the collateral performance indicator. 

The collateral performance indicator is equal to the sum of (a) a three-month rolling average rate of receivables at least 
sixty  days  past  due  and  (b)  an  eight-month  rolling  average  net  charge-off  rate.  The  Company  was  in  compliance  with 
these  covenants  at  March 31,  2019  and  does  not  believe  that  these  covenants  will  materially  limit  its  business  and 
expansion strategy. 

The  agreement  contains  events  of  default  including,  without  limitation,  nonpayment  of  principal,  interest  or  other 
obligations,  violation  of  covenants,  misrepresentation,  cross-default  to  other  debt,  bankruptcy  and  other  insolvency 
events, judgments, certain ERISA events, actual or asserted invalidity of loan documentation, invalidity of subordination 
provisions  of  subordinated  debt,  certain  changes  of  control  of  the  Company,  and  the  occurrence  of  certain  regulatory 
events (including the entry of any stay, order, judgment, ruling or similar event related to the Company’s or any of its 
subsidiaries’ originating, holding, pledging, collecting or enforcing its eligible finance receivables that is material to the 
Company or any subsidiary) which remains unvacated, undischarged, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a 
period of 60 days from the date of its entry and is reasonably likely to cause a material adverse change. If it is determined 
that a violation of the FCPA has occurred, as described in Note 16, such violation may give rise to an event of default 
under  the  agreement  if  such  violation  were  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  operations, 
properties,  assets,  or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  or  if  the  amount  of  any  settlement,  penalties,  fines,  or  other 
payments resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial covenants. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Debt Maturities 

As of March 31, 2019, the aggregate annual maturities of the notes payable for each of the five fiscal years subsequent to 
March 31, 2019 were as follows: 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 

Total future debt payments 

(7) 

Insurance and Other Income 

$ 

$ 

—
251,940,000
—
—
—

251,940,000

Insurance and other income for the years ending March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 consist of: 

Insurance revenue 

Tax return preparation revenue 
Auto club membership revenue 
Other 

Insurance and other income 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$

45,182,596

21,454,117
4,452,018
4,299,917
75,388,648

$

41,959,092   
16,801,909   
3,373,023   
4,832,805   
66,966,829   

40,848,245

14,695,769
2,515,282
4,891,308
62,950,604

The Company has a wholly-owned, captive insurance subsidiary that reinsures a portion of the credit insurance sold in 
connection  with  loans  made  by  the  Company. Certain  coverages  currently  sold  by  the  Company  on  behalf  of  the 
unaffiliated insurance carrier are ceded by the carrier to the captive insurance subsidiary, providing the Company with an 
additional  source  of  income  derived  from  the  earned  reinsurance  premiums. Insurance  premiums  are  ceded  to  the 
reinsurance  subsidiary  as  written  and  revenue  is  recognized  over  the  life  of  the  related  insurance  contracts.    As  of 
March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the amount of net written premiums by the reinsurance subsidiary were $5.6 million, 
$6.2 million, and $4.5 million, respectively, and the amount of earned premiums were $5.7 million, $5.3 million, and $4.0 
million, respectively. 

The Company maintains a cash reserve for claims in an amount determined by the ceding company, and as of March 31, 
2019 and 2018, the cash reserves were $3.8 million and $4.9 million, respectively. 

(8)  Non-filing Insurance 

The  Company  maintains  non-filing  insurance  coverage  with  an  unaffiliated  insurance  company.  The  following  is  a 
summary of the non-filing insurance activity for the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017: 

Insurance premiums written 
Recoveries on claims paid 
Claims paid 

2019 

2018 

2017 

$
$
$

6,164,871
996,482
6,553,271

5,987,538   
1,093,396   
6,540,136   

5,673,653
1,165,092
6,312,511

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(9)  Leases 

The Company conducts most of its operations from leased facilities, except for its owned corporate office building. The 
Company's leases typically have a lease term of three to five years and contain lessee renewal options. A majority of the 
leases provide that the lessee pays property taxes, insurance and common area maintenance costs. It is expected that in the 
normal  course  of  business,  expiring  leases  will  be  renewed  at  the  Company's  option  or  replaced  by  other  leases  or 
acquisitions of other properties. All of the Company’s leases are operating leases. 

The future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2019, are as follows: 

2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
Thereafter 

Total future minimum lease payments 

$

24,470,638
15,931,144
8,287,772
2,831,039
1,177,697
56,682

$

52,754,972

Rental expense for cancelable and noncancelable operating leases for the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, 
was approximately $26.9 million, $25.4 million, and $24.4 million, respectively. 

(10)  Income Taxes 

On  December  22,  2017,  the  U.S.  government  enacted  comprehensive  tax  legislation  commonly  referred  to  as  the  Tax 
Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (the  “TCJA”).  The  TCJA  included  significant  changes  to  existing  tax  law,  including  a  permanent 
reduction to the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, a one-time repatriation tax on deferred foreign 
income (“Transition Tax”), deductions, credits and business-related exclusions. 

The permanent reduction to the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35 % to 21% was effective January 1, 2018. 
When a federal tax rate changes during a fiscal year, the Internal Revenue Code requires taxpayers to compute a weighted 
daily  average  rate  for  the  fiscal  year  of  enactment.  As  a  result,  the  Company  has  calculated  a  U.S.  federal  statutory 
corporate income tax rate of 31.55% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018. The U.S. corporate federal statutory rate of 
31.55% is the weighted daily average rate between the pre-enactment federal statutory rate of 35% and the post-enactment 
federal statutory rate of 21%. 

The impact of changes in federal tax rates on deferred tax amounts and the effect of the Transition Tax are significant 
unusual or infrequent events which are recognized as discrete items in the Company’s income tax expense in the period in 
which  the  event  occurs.  The  Company  recorded  a  $10.5  million  increase  in  tax  expense  related  to  the  net  impact  of 
revaluing the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities in the third quarter of fiscal 2018. An adjustment was made in the 
third quarter of fiscal 2019 to record an $850.0 thousand tax benefit related to the revaluing of the U.S. deferred tax assets 
and liabilities due to additional analysis and change in estimate from the original calculation. The Company also recorded 
an increase in tax expense of $4.9 million related to the foreign “Transition Tax” during the final quarter of fiscal 2018. 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, our former Mexican subsidiaries paid the Company a dividend of $17.1 million. 
The  Company  will  no  longer  claim  permanent  reinvestment  in  the  respective  foreign  jurisdiction.  Because  of  the 
Transition Tax, the Company's tax basis was greater than its book basis. This difference was recognized during the first 
quarter of fiscal 2019 when the foreign subsidiaries were marked as held for sale. The recognition of the basis difference 
created a capital loss that the Company does not believe will be recognized in the carryforward period; therefore, a full 
tax valuation allowance was recorded against the recognized loss carryforward. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations consists of: 

Year ended March 31, 2019 

Continuing Operations- Federal 
Continuing Operations- State and local 

Year ended March 31, 2018 

Continuing Operations- Federal 
Continuing Operations- State and local 

Year ended March 31, 2017 

Continuing Operations- Federal 
Continuing Operations- State and local 

Current 

Deferred 

Total 

20,508,247
(871,439)
19,636,808

(1,833,943)
(1,821,808)
(3,655,751)

18,674,304
(2,693,247)
15,981,057

32,398,898
3,191,525

35,590,423

12,073,220 
94,165 
12,167,385 

44,472,118
3,285,690

47,757,808

34,930,677
3,215,621

38,146,298

(14,658)
25,852 
11,194 

34,916,019
3,241,473

38,157,492

$

$

$

$

$

$

Income tax expense from continuing operations was $16.0 million, $47.8 million, and $38.2 million, for the years ended 
March  31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  respectively,  and  differed  from  the  amounts  computed  by  applying  the  U.S.  federal 
income  tax  rate  of  21%  for  fiscal  2019,  31.55%  for  fiscal  2018,  and  35%  for  fiscal  year  2017  to  pretax  income  from 
continuing operations as a result of the following: 

Expected income tax 
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

State tax (excluding state tax credits), net of federal benefit 
State tax credits 
Revalue deferred tax assets and liabilities 
Foreign transition tax 
Uncertain tax positions 
State tax adjustment for amended returns 
Other, net 

2019 

$ 18,874,500

2018 
30,556,455 

2017 

37,081,756

1,576,915
(3,704,580)
(852,523)
—
(183,929)
—
270,674

$ 15,981,057

2,249,055 
— 
10,516,827 
4,854,640 
(340,993)
— 
(78,176)
47,757,808 

2,106,957
—
—
—
(1,015,222)
238,301
(254,300)

38,157,492

Income  tax  expense  (benefit)  from  discontinued  operations  was  $626,583,  ($243,321),  and  $2,239,345,  for  the  years 
ended  March  31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  respectively,  and  differed  from  the  amounts  computed  by  applying  the  U.S. 
federal income tax rate of 21% for fiscal 2019, 31.55% for fiscal 2018 and 35% for fiscal year 2017 to pretax income 
from discontinued operations as a result of the following: 

Expected income tax 
Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from: 

Foreign income adjustments 
Other, net 

2019 

$

491,783

2018 
1,373,566   

2017 

2,817,240

187,974
(53,174)

5,483   
(1,622,370)  

(332,023)
(245,872)

$

626,583

(243,321)  

2,239,345

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The tax effects of temporary differences from continuing operations that give rise to significant portions of the deferred 
tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at March 31, 2019 and 2018 are presented below: 

Deferred tax assets: 
Allowance for loan losses 
Unearned insurance commissions 
Accrued expenses primarily related to employee benefits 
Reserve for uncollectible interest 
Foreign tax credit carryforward 
Capital loss carryforward 
State net operating loss carryforwards 

Gross deferred tax assets 
Less valuation allowance 

Net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Fair value adjustment for loans receivable 
Property and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Deferred net loan origination costs 
Prepaid expenses 
Other 

Gross deferred tax liabilities 

2019 

2018 

$  20,162,369   
9,308,138   
9,271,182   
1,011,584   
3,254,926   
7,856,176   
1,021,275   

16,263,086
8,711,298
8,470,247
795,259
3,254,926
—
—

51,885,650   
(11,112,376)  
40,773,274   

37,494,816
(3,256,200)

34,238,616

(9,589,188)  
(2,426,786)  
(1,610,258)  
(1,593,385)  
(1,054,110)  
(668,648)  

(6,556,078)
(2,957,534)
(1,592,173)
(1,402,733)
(1,554,950)
—

(16,942,375)  

(14,063,468)

Deferred income taxes, net 

$  23,830,899   

20,175,148

At March 31, 2019, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $25.9 million. A deferred 
tax asset of approximately $1.0 million has been recorded to reflect the benefit of these losses that the Company expects 
to  be  recognized.  Approximately  $1,000  of  the  state  net  operating  loss  carryforward  will  expire  in  2025  with  the 
remaining carryforward expiring between 2031 and 2038. 

The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  increased  by  $7.9  million  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  2019  when 
compared to March 31, 2018. The valuation allowance at March 31, 2019 and 2018 was $11.1 million and $3.3 million, 
respectively.  The  valuation  allowance  against  the  total  deferred  tax  assets  as  of  March  31,  2019  consisted  of  $1,274 
related to state of Colorado net operating loss carryforwards in the amount of $54,318, which expire in 2025, a foreign tax 
credit carryforward of $3.3 million arising in relation to the Section 965 calculation ("Transition Tax") during fiscal 2018 
which  expires  in  2028,  and  $7.9  million  related  to  the  $37.4  million  capital  loss  carryforward  from  the  sale  of  the 
Mexican  operations  in  fiscal  2019  which  expires  in  2024.  The  Company  does  not  expect  to  generate  enough  foreign 
source income or capital gains in future tax years to realize these tax attributes. In assessing the realizability of deferred 
tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will 
not be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income 
during  the  periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled 
reversals  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  projected  future  taxable  income,  and  tax  planning  strategies  in  making  this 
assessment.   In  order  to  fully  realize  the  deferred  tax  asset,  the  Company  will  need  to  generate  future  taxable  income 
prior  to  the  expiration  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  governed  by  the  tax  code.   Based  upon  the  level  of  historical  taxable 
income  and  projections  for  future  taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  related  temporary  differences  are 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

deductible,  management  believes  it  is  more  likely  than  not  the  Company  will  realize  the  benefits  of  these  deductible 
differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at March 31, 2019.  The amount of the deferred tax asset considered 
realizable,  however,  could  be  reduced  in  the  near  term  if  estimates  of  future  taxable  income  during  the  carryforward 
period are reduced. 

As  of  March  31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  the  Company  had  $5.8  million,  $8.8  million,  and  $8.9  million  of  total  gross 
unrecognized tax benefits including interest, respectively.  Of these totals, approximately $5.4 million, $6.9 million, and 
$7.2  million,  respectively,  represents  the  amount  of  net  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  are  permanent  in  nature  and,  if 
recognized, would affect the annual effective tax rate. 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 are 
presented below: 

Unrecognized tax benefit balance beginning of year
Gross increases (decreases) for tax positions of current year 
Gross increases (decreases) for tax positions of prior years 
Settlements with tax authorities 
Lapse of statute of limitations 

Unrecognized tax benefit balance end of year 

2019 
$ 6,946,229   
54,025   
(138,405)  
(1,356,714)  
(1,461,512)  
$ 4,043,623   

2018 

2017 

7,264,966
166,375
8,228

9,395,413
(237,746)
637,166
— (2,403,982)
(125,885)

(493,340)

6,946,229

7,264,966

At March 31, 2019, approximately $1.8 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits are expected to be resolved during the 
next 12 months through settlements with taxing authorities or the expiration of the statute of limitations. The Company’s 
continuing  practice  is  to  recognize  interest  and  penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  income  tax  expense.  As  of 
March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the Company had $1.8 million, $1.9 million, and $1.6 million accrued for gross interest, 
respectively, of which $1.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.7 million represented the current period expense for the periods 
ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. 

The Company is subject to U.S. income tax, as well as various other state and local jurisdictions. With the exception of a 
few states, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax 
authorities for years before 2014, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2014 may still be adjusted 
upon examination by the taxing authorities if they either have been or will be used in a future period. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(11)  Earnings Per Share 

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  numerators  and  denominators  of  the  basic  and  diluted  EPS  from  continuing 
operations calculations: 

Basic EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders 

For the year ended March 31, 2019 

Income 
(Numerator)

Shares 
(Denominator) 

Per Share 
Amount 

$ 73,897,515

8,994,036 

  $

8.22

Effect of dilutive securities options and restricted stock 

—

210,341      

Diluted EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders including dilutive securities 

$ 73,897,515

9,204,377 

  $

8.03

Basic EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders 

For the year ended March 31, 2018 

Income 
(Numerator) 

Shares 
(Denominator) 

Per Share 
Amount 

$ 49,093,080

8,791,168

$

5.58

Effect of dilutive securities options and restricted stock 

—

167,508 

Diluted EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders including dilutive securities

$ 49,093,080

8,958,676

$

5.48

For the year ended March 31, 2017 

Income 
(Numerator) 

Shares 
(Denominator) 

Per Share 
Amount 

Basic EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders 

$

67,790,382

8,705,658 $

7.79

Effect of dilutive securities options and restricted stock 

—

72,386  

Diluted EPS 

Income from continuing operations available to common 
shareholders including dilutive securities

$

67,790,382

8,778,044 $

7.72

Options to purchase 592,947, 299,455, and 733,053 shares of common stock at various prices were outstanding during 
the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS 
because the option exercise price was antidilutive. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(12)  Benefit Plans 

Retirement Plan 

The  Company  provides  a  defined  contribution  employee  benefit  plan  (401(k)  plan)  covering  full-time  employees, 
whereby  employees  can  invest  up  to  the  maximum  designated  for  that  year. The  Company  matches  50%  of  each 
employee's  contributions  up  to  the  first  6%  of  the  employee's  eligible  compensation,  providing  a  maximum  employer 
contribution of 3% of compensation. The Company's expense under this plan was $1.5 million, $1.4 million, and $1.4 
million, for the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 

The  Company  has  instituted  two  supplemental  executive  retirement  plans,  which  are  non-qualified  executive  benefit 
plans in which the Company agrees to pay certain executives additional benefits in the future, usually at retirement, in 
return for continued employment by the executives. The SERPs are unfunded plans, and, as such, there are no specific 
assets set aside by the Company in connection with the establishment of the plans. The executives have no rights under 
the agreements beyond those of a general creditor of the Company. For the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, 
contributions of $0.6 million, $0.8 million, and $0.6 million, respectively, were charged to expense related to the SERP. 
The unfunded liability, which is included as a component of accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company's 
Consolidated Balance Sheets was $7.9 million and $8.3 million as of March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

For  the  three  years  presented,  the  unfunded  liability  was  estimated  using  the  following  assumptions:  an  annual  salary 
increase of 3.5% for all 3 years; a discount rate of 6.0% for all 3 years; and a retirement age of 65. 

Executive Deferred Compensation Plan 

The  Company  has  an  Executive  Deferral  Plan. Eligible  executives  and  directors  may  elect  to  defer  all  or  a  portion  of 
their incentive compensation to be paid under the Executive Deferral Plan. As of March 31, 2019 and 2018 no executive 
or director had deferred compensation under this plan. 

Stock Incentive Plans 

The Company has a 2005 Stock Option Plan, a 2008 Stock Option Plan, a 2011 Stock Option Plan, and a 2017 Stock 
Incentive Plan for the benefit of certain directors, officers, and key employees. Under these plans, a total of 4,350,000 
shares of authorized common stock have been reserved for issuance pursuant to grants approved by the Compensation 
and  Stock  Option  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors. Stock  options  granted  under  these  plans  have  a  maximum 
duration of ten years, may be subject to certain vesting requirements, which are generally three to five years for officers, 
non-employee directors, and key employees, and are priced at the market value of the Company's common stock on the 
option's grant date. At March 31, 2019 there were a total of 206,541 shares of common stock available for grant under 
the plans. 

Stock-based  compensation  is  recognized  as  provided  under  FASB  ASC  Topic  718-10  and  FASB  ASC  Topic  505-
50. FASB  ASC  Topic  718-10  requires  all  share-based  payments  to  employees,  including  grants  of  employee  stock 
options, to be recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period (generally the vesting period) in the 
consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  their  grant  date  fair  values.  The  Company  has  applied  the  Black-Scholes 
valuation model in determining the grant date fair value of the stock option awards. Compensation expense is recognized 
only for those options expected to vest. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Long-term Incentive Program and Non-Employee Director Awards 

On  October  15,  2018,  the  Compensation  Committee  and  Board  approved  and  adopted  a  new  long-term  incentive 
program that seeks to motivate and reward certain employees and to align management’s interest with shareholders’ by 
focusing  executives  on  the  achievement  of  long-term  results.  The  program  is  comprised  of  four  components:  Service 
Options, Performance Options, Restricted Stock, and Performance Shares. 

Pursuant  to  this  program,  the  Compensation  Committee  approved  certain  grants  of  Service  Options,  Performance 
Options, Restricted Stock and Performance Shares under the World Acceptance Corporation 2011 Stock Option Plan and 
the  World  Acceptance  Corporation  2017  Stock  Incentive  Plan  to  certain  employee  directors,  vice  presidents  of 
operations,  vice  presidents,  senior  vice  presidents,  and  executive  officers.  Separately,  the  Compensation  Committee 
approved certain grants of Service Options and Restricted Stock to certain of the Company’s non-employee directors. 

Under the long-term incentive program, up to 100% of the shares of restricted stock subject to the Performance Shares 
shall vest, if at all, based on the achievement of two trailing earnings per share performance targets established by the 
Compensation  Committee  that  are  based  on  earnings  per  share  (measured  at  the  end  of  each  calendar  quarter, 
commencing  with  the  calendar  quarter  ending  September  30,  2019)  for  the  previous  four  calendar  quarters.  The 
Performance Shares are eligible to vest over the Performance Share Measurement Period and subject to each respective 
employee’s  continued  employment  at  the  Company  through  the  last  day  of  the  applicable  Performance  Share 
Measurement  Period  (or  as  otherwise  provided  under  the  terms  of  the  applicable  award  agreement  or  applicable 
employment agreement). 

The Performance Share performance targets are set forth below. 

Trailing 4-Quarter EPS Targets for 
September 30, 2018 through March 31, 2025
$16.35 
$20.45 

Restricted Stock Eligible for Vesting 
(Percentage of Award) 
40% 
60% 

The Restricted Stock awards will vest in six equal annual installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant 
date, subject to each respective employee’s continued employment at the Company through each applicable vesting date 
or otherwise provided under the terms of the applicable award agreement or applicable employment agreement. 

The  Service  Options  will  vest  in  six  equal  annual  installments,  beginning  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date, 
subject  to  each  respective  employee’s  continued  employment  at  the  Company  through  each  applicable  vesting  date  or 
otherwise provided under the terms of the applicable award agreement or applicable employment agreement. The option 
price is equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date and the Service Options shall have a 10-
year term. 

The  Performance  Options  shall  fully  vest  if  the  Company  attains  the  trailing  earnings  per  share  target  over  four 
consecutive  calendar  quarters  occurring  between  September  30,  2018  and  March  31,  2025  described  below.  Such 
performance target was established by the Compensation Committee and will be measured at the end of each calendar 
quarter commencing on September 30, 2019. The Performance Options are eligible to vest over the Option Measurement 
Period, subject to each respective employee’s continued employment at the Company through the last day of the Option 
Measurement  Period  or  as  otherwise  provided  under  the  terms  of  the  applicable  award  agreement  or  applicable 
employment agreement. The option price is equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date and the 
Performance Options shall have a 10-year term. The Performance Option performance target is set forth below. 

Trailing 4-Quarter EPS Targets for 
September 30, 2018 through March 31, 2025
$25.30 

Options Eligible for Vesting 
(Percentage of Award) 
100% 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Stock Options 

The weighted-average fair value at the grant date for options issued during the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 
2017  was  $53.50,  $39.49,  and  $22.25  per  share,  respectively. This  fair  value  was  estimated  at  grant  date  using  the 
weighted-average assumptions listed below. 

Dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Average risk-free interest rate 
Expected life 

2019 

2018 

2017 

0% 
48.94% 
3.01% 
6.7 years  

0%
52.97%
1.98%
5.0 years

0%
48.90%
1.20%
5.0 years

The  expected  stock  price  volatility  is  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  the  Company’s  stock  for  a  period 
approximating  the  expected  life. The  expected  life  represents  the  period  of  time  that  options  are  expected  to  be 
outstanding  after  the  grant  date. The  risk-free  rate  reflects  the  interest  rate  at  grant  date  on  zero  coupon  U.S. 
governmental bonds having a remaining life similar to the expected option term. 

Option activity for the year ended March 31, 2019 was as follows: 

Options outstanding, beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Expired 

Options outstanding, end of period 

Options exercisable, end of period 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

70.69
101.67
64.89
77.66
82.92

85.33

70.72

7.18   $

22,391,720

4.55   $

13,908,625

Shares 

497,728 $
324,870
(92,428)
(8,330)
(18,052)

703,788 $

299,661 $

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  reflected  in  the  table  above  represents  the  total  pre-tax  intrinsic  value  (the  difference 
between  the  closing  stock  price  on  March 31,  2019  and  the  exercise  price,  multiplied  by  the  number  of  in-the-money 
options) that would have been received by option holders had all option holders exercised their options  as of  March 31, 
2019. This amount will change as the stock's market price changes. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 
the periods ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was as follows: 

2019 

$4,433,495 

2018 

$12,336,156 

2017 

$661,164 

As  of  March  31,  2019,  total  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  non-vested  stock  options 
amounted  to  approximately  $15.6  million,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted-average  period  of 
approximately 5.2 years. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Restricted Stock 

During fiscal 2019, the Company granted 760,420 shares of restricted stock (which are equity classified), to certain vice 
presidents, senior vice presidents, executive officers, and non-employee directors with a grant date weighted average fair 
value of $101.61. 

During  fiscal  2018,  the  Company  granted 24,456 shares  of  restricted  stock  (which  are  equity  classified)  to  certain 
executive officers, with a grant date weighted average fair value of $107.52 per share. One-third of these awards vest on 
each anniversary of the grant date over the three years following the grant date. 

During  fiscal  2017,  the  Company  granted 74,490 shares  of  restricted  stock  (which  are  equity  classified)  to  certain 
executive officers, with a grant date weighted average fair value of $51.15 per share. One-third of these awards vest on 
each anniversary of the grant date over the three years following the grant date. 

Compensation expense related to restricted stock is based on the number of shares expected to vest and the fair market 
value  of  the  common  stock  on  the  grant  date. The  Company  recognized  compensation  expense  of  $13.6  million,  $3.1 
million,  and  $1.6  million  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2019,  2018,  and  2017,  respectively,  which  is  included  as  a 
component of general and administrative expenses in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

As  of  March  31,  2019,  there  was  approximately  $65.9  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested 
restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over the next 4.5 years based on current estimates. 

A  summary  of  the  status  of  the  Company’s  restricted  stock  as  of  March  31,  2019  and  changes  during  the  year  ended 
March 31, 2019, are presented below: 

Outstanding at March 31, 2018 
Granted during the period 
Vested during the period 
Forfeited during the period 
Outstanding at March 31, 2019 

Total Stock-Based Compensation 

Shares 

Weighted Average Fair
Value at Grant Date 

73,810    $ 
760,420   
(40,184)  
(10,596)  
783,450    $ 

65.74
101.61
55.12
98.47
100.66

Total stock-based compensation included as a component of net income during the years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, 
and 2017 was as follows: 

Stock-based compensation related to equity classified units:

Stock-based compensation related to stock options 
Stock-based compensation related to restricted stock 

Total stock-based compensation related to equity classified awards

$

$

3,991,967
13,643,343
17,635,310

2,353,214    
3,081,405    
5,434,619    

3,490,662
1,604,257
5,094,919

2019 

2018 

2017 

(13)  Acquisitions 

The  Company  evaluates  each  set  of  assets  and  activities  it  acquires  to  determine  if  the  set  meets  the  definition  of  a 
business according to FASB ASC Topic 805-10-55. Acquisitions meeting the definition of a business are accounted for as 
a business combination while all other acquisitions are accounted for as an asset purchase. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  acquisition  activity  of  the Company  for  the  years  ended  March  31,  2019,  2018,  and 
2017: 

Number of branches acquired through business combinations 
Number of asset purchases 

Total acquisitions 

Purchase price 
Tangible assets: 

Loans receivable, net 
Property and equipment 

2019 

2018 

2017 

17
88

105

5   
34   
39   

14
—

14

$

44,145,787 $

17,574,172    $

20,836,699

33,920,847
1,500

33,922,347

15,583,411   
3,000   
15,586,411   

16,617,242
86,214

16,703,456

Excess of purchase prices over carrying value of net tangible assets  $

10,223,440 $

1,987,761    $

4,133,243

Customer lists 
Non-compete agreements 
Goodwill 

$

9,688,440 $
535,000
—

815,518    $
205,000   
967,243   

4,063,243
70,000
—

Acquisitions that are accounted for as business combinations typically result in one or more new branches. In such cases, 
the Company typically retains the existing employees and the branch location from the acquisition. The purchase price is 
allocated  to  the  tangible  assets  and  intangible  assets  acquired  based  upon  their  estimated  fair  market  values  at  the 
acquisition date. The remainder is allocated to goodwill. 

The following table describes the Company's business combination activity for the year ended March 31, 2019. 

No. 

Acquiree Name 

Acquiree State(s)

Date 

1  Customer Credit Corporation (1 branch)
2  Your Credit, Inc. (1 branch) 
3  Noble Finance Corporation (1 branch) 
4  Noble Finance Corporation (1 branch) 
5  Gentry Credit Corporation (1 branch) 
6  Gentry Finance Corporation (6 branches) 
7  Noble Finance Corporation (2 branches) 
8  Noble Finance Corporation (1 branch) 
9  Noble Finance Corporation (1 branch) 
10  Noble Finance Corporation (2 branches) 

LA 
WI 
ID 
MO 
UT 
UT 
UT 
TX 
TX 
TX 

8/13/2018
8/24/2018 
9/28/2018 
10/15/2018
10/26/2018
10/26/2018
10/26/2018
11/26/2018
1/30/2019 
2/20/2019 

Acquisitions that are accounted for as asset purchases are typically limited to acquisitions of loan portfolios. The purchase 
price is allocated to the tangible assets and intangible assets acquired based upon their estimated fair market values at the 
acquisition date. In an asset purchase, no goodwill is recorded. 

The Company’s acquisitions include tangible assets (generally loans and furniture and equipment) and intangible assets 
(generally non-compete agreements, customer lists, and goodwill), both of which are recorded at their fair values, which 
are estimated pursuant to the processes described below. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Acquired loans are valued at the net loan balance. Given the short-term nature of these loans, generally eight months, and 
that these loans are priced at current rates, management believes the net loan balances approximate their fair value. 

Furniture and equipment are valued at the specific purchase price as agreed to by both parties at the time of acquisition, 
which management believes approximates their fair values. 

Non-compete  agreements  are  valued  at  the  stated  amount  paid  to  the  other  party  for  these  agreements,  which  the 
Company believes approximates the fair value. 

Customer lists are valued with a valuation model that utilizes the Company’s historical data to estimate the value of any 
acquired customer lists. Customer lists are allocated at a branch level and are evaluated for impairment at a branch level 
when  a  triggering  event  occurs  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  Topic  360-10-05.  If  a  triggering  event  occurs,  the 
impairment loss to the customer list is generally the remaining unamortized customer list balance. In most acquisitions, 
the original fair value of the customer list allocated to an office is less than $100,000, and management believes that in 
the event a triggering event were to occur, the impairment loss to an unamortized customer list would be immaterial. 

The  results  of  all  acquisitions  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  since  the 
respective acquisition date. The pro forma impact of these branches as though they had been acquired at the beginning of 
the periods presented would not have a material effect on the results of operations as reported. 

(14)  Fair Value 

Fair Value Disclosures 

The  Company  may  carry  certain  financial  instruments  and  derivative  assets  and  liabilities  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring 
basis. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company determines the fair values of its financial 
instruments  based  on  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  which  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of  observable  inputs  and 
minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. 

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are grouped in three levels. The levels prioritize the inputs used to 
measure the fair value of the assets or liabilities. These levels are: 

•  Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
•  Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for assets and liabilities, either directly or indirectly. 
These inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets and quoted prices for identical or 
similar assets or liabilities in market that are less active. 

•  Level 3 – Unobservable inputs for assets or liabilities reflecting the reporting entity’s own assumptions. 

The Company’s financial instruments for the periods reported consist of the following: cash and cash equivalents, loans 
receivable, and senior notes payable. Fair value approximates carrying value for all of these instruments. Loans receivable 
are originated at prevailing market rates and have an average life of approximately 8 months. Given the short-term nature 
of  these  loans,  they  are  continually  repriced  at  current  market  rates.  The  Company’s  revolving  credit  facility  has  a 
variable rate based on a margin over LIBOR and reprices with any changes in LIBOR. The Company also considered its 
creditworthiness in its determination of fair value. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of amounts the Company measures at fair value on a recurring basis are 
summarized below. 

March 31, 2019 

March 31, 2018 

Input Level    Carrying Value

Estimated Fair 
Value

Carrying Value   

Estimated Fair 
Value

ASSETS 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable, net 

LIABILITIES 

Senior notes payable 

1 
3 

3 

 $ 

9,335,433 $

9,335,433 $

755,624,007

755,624,007

12,473,833   $ 
679,153,528   

12,473,833
679,153,528

251,940,000

251,940,000

244,900,000   

244,900,000

There were no significant assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of March 31, 2019 and 
2018. 

(15)  Quarterly Information (Unaudited) 

The following sets forth selected quarterly operating data: 

Fiscal 2019 

Fiscal 2018 

First 

  Second

Third

Fourth

First

Second   

Third

Fourth

(Dollars in thousands, except for earnings per share data) 

Total revenues 

$  122,790

127,116

137,639

156,997

116,638

Provision for loan losses 
General and 
administrative expenses 
Interest expense 
Income tax expense 
Income (loss) from 
discontinued operations 

30,591   

67,777
4,225   
4,559   

40,359

48,944

28,533

27,710

64,936

76,964

78,626

66,208

4,158
3,604

4,637
834

4,914
6,984

Net income (loss) 

$  (21,503)  

14,538

6,260

37,940

(37,141)  

479

—

—

118,929
32,824   

125,704

141,399

40,456

16,631

62,767
4,791   
6,511   

(2,236)  
9,800   

64,850

5,001
15,204

1,487

1,680

75,282

5,052
18,778

3,487

29,143

4,247
7,265

1,859

13,067

Net income (loss) per 
common share: 

Basic 

Diluted 

$ 

$ 

(2.37)  

(2.32)  

1.60

1.56

0.69

0.67

4.34

4.22

1.50

1.48

1.12   
1.10   

0.19

0.19

3.25

3.18

The  Company's  highest  loan  demand  occurs  generally  from  October  through  December,  its  third  fiscal  quarter. Loan 
demand is generally lowest and loan repayment highest from January to March, its fourth fiscal quarter. Consequently, the 
Company experiences significant seasonal fluctuations in its operating results and cash needs. Operating results from the 
Company's third fiscal quarter are generally lower than in other quarters and operating results for its fourth fiscal quarter 
are generally higher than in other quarters. 

(16)  Commitments and Contingencies 

Mexico Investigation 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

As  previously  disclosed,  the  Company  has  retained  outside  legal  counsel  and  forensic  accountants  to  conduct  an 
investigation  of  its  operations  in  Mexico,  focusing  on  the  legality  under  the  FCPA  and  certain  local  laws  of  certain 
payments related to loans, the maintenance of the Company’s books and records associated with such payments, and the 
treatment of compensation matters for certain employees. 

The investigation continues to address whether and to what extent improper payments, which may violate the FCPA and 
other local laws, were made approximately between 2010 and 2017 by or on behalf of WAC de Mexico, to government 
officials in Mexico relating to loans made to unionized employees. The Company voluntarily contacted the SEC and the 
DOJ in June 2017 to advise both agencies that an internal investigation was underway and that the Company intended to 
cooperate with both agencies. The Company has and will continue to cooperate with both agencies. The SEC has issued a 
formal order of investigation. A conclusion cannot be drawn at this time as to what potential remedies these agencies may 
seek. The Company cannot determine at this time the ultimate effect that the investigation or any remedial measures will 
have on its financial condition or results of operations. 

If  violations  of  the  FCPA  or  other  local  laws  occurred,  the  Company  could  be  subject  to  fines,  civil  and  criminal 
penalties,  equitable  remedies,  including  profit  disgorgement  and  related  interest,  and  injunctive  relief.  In  addition,  any 
disposition of these matters could adversely impact our access to debt financing and capital funding and result in further 
modifications  to  our  business  practices  and  compliance  programs.  Any  disposition  could  also  potentially  require  that  a 
monitor be appointed to review future business practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with the FCPA and other 
applicable laws. The Company could also face fines, sanctions, and other penalties from authorities in Mexico, as well as 
third-party claims by shareholders and/or other stakeholders of the Company. In addition, disclosure of the investigation 
could adversely affect the Company’s reputation and its ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from its 
current  customers  and  potential  customers,  to  attract  and  retain  employees,  and  to  access  the  capital  markets.  If  it  is 
determined  that  a  violation  of  the  FCPA  has  occurred,  such  violation  may  give  rise  to  an  event  of  default  under  the 
Company’s  credit  agreement  if  such  violation  were  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business, 
operations, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) or if the amount of any settlement, penalties, fines, or 
other payments resulted in the Company failing to satisfy any financial covenants. Additional potential FCPA violations 
or violations of other laws or regulations may be uncovered through the investigation. 

In addition to the ultimate liability for disgorgement and related interest, the Company believes that it could be further 
liable  for  fines  and  penalties.  The  Company  is  continuing  its  discussions  with  the  DOJ  and  SEC  regarding  the  matters 
under investigation, but the Company cannot reasonably estimate the amount of any fine or penalty that it may have to 
pay as a part of any possible settlement or assess the potential liability that might be incurred if a settlement is not reached 
and the government were to litigate the matter. As such, based on the information available at this time, any additional 
liability  related  to  this  matter  is  not  reasonably  estimable.  The  Company  will  continue  to  evaluate  the  amount  of  its 
liability pending final resolution of the investigation and any related discussions with the government. 

General 

In addition, from time to time the Company is involved in litigation matters relating to claims arising out of its operations 
in the normal course of business, including matters in which damages in various amounts are claimed. 
Estimating  an  amount  or  range  of  possible  losses  resulting  from  litigation,  government  actions,  and  other  legal 
proceedings is inherently difficult and requires an extensive degree of judgment, particularly where the matters involve 
indeterminate claims for monetary damages, may involve fines, penalties, or damages that are discretionary in amount, 
involve a large number of claimants or significant discretion by regulatory authorities, represent a change in regulatory 
policy or interpretation, present novel legal theories, are in the early stages of the proceedings, are subject to appeal or 
could  result  in  a  change  in  business  practices.  In  addition,  because  most  legal  proceedings  are  resolved  over  extended 
periods of time, potential losses are subject to change due to, among other things, new developments, changes in legal 
strategy, the outcome of intermediate procedural and substantive rulings and other parties’ settlement posture and their 
evaluation of the strength or weakness of their case against us. For these reasons, we are currently unable to predict the 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

ultimate timing or outcome of, or reasonably estimate the possible losses or a range of possible losses resulting from, the 
matters  described  above.  Based  on  information  currently  available,  the  Company  does  not  believe  that  any  reasonably 
possible  losses  arising  from  currently  pending  legal  matters  will  be  material  to  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  or 
financial conditions. However, in light of the inherent uncertainties involved in such matters, an adverse outcome in one 
or more of these matters could materially and adversely affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or 
cash flows in any particular reporting period. 

(17)  Discontinued Operations 

On August 3, 2018 the Company and its affiliates completed the sale of the Company's Mexico operating segment in its 
entirety. The Company sold all of the issued and outstanding capital stock and equity interest of WAC de Mexico and 
SWAC to the Purchasers, effective as of July 1, 2018, for a purchase price of approximately $44.36 million. Under the 
terms of the stock purchase agreement, we are obligated to indemnify the Purchasers for claims and liabilities relating to 
certain investigations of WAC de Mexico, SWAC, or the Sellers by the DOJ or the SEC that commenced prior to July 1, 
2018.  Additionally,  the  Company  has  provided,  and  may  continue  to  provide,  limited  ParaData  systems  and  software 
training to the Purchasers, as requested. The Company has not and will not have any other involvement with the Mexico 
operating segment subsequent to the sale's effective date. 

The  following  table  reconciles  the  major  classes  of  assets  and  liabilities  of  discontinued  operations  to  the  amounts 
presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheet for March 31, 2018: 

Assets of discontinued operations: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable, net 
Property and equipment, net 
Deferred income taxes, net 
Other assets, net 

Total assets of discontinued operations 

Liabilities of discontinued operations: 

Income taxes payable 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 

Total liabilities of discontinued operations 

  March 31, 2018 

 $ 

19,612,471
46,027,200
2,805,467
10,064,489
965,770

 $ 

79,475,397

 $ 

 $ 

437,551
6,940,880

7,378,431

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  reconciles  the  major  classes  of  line  items  constituting  pre-tax  income  (loss)  of  discontinued 
operations to the amounts presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations: 

Revenues 
Provision for loan losses 
General and administrative expenses: 

Income from discontinued operations before disposal of 
discontinued operations and income taxes 

Gain (loss) on disposal of discontinued operations 
Income taxes (benefit) 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations 

Year ended March 31, 

2019

2018 

2017

9,693,367
1,809,059

46,037,802   
13,358,989   

40,913,304
9,476,450

2,341,825

(38,377,623)
626,583

(36,662,381)

4,353,617

—   
(243,321)  
4,596,938   

8,049,257

—
2,239,345

5,809,912

The following table presents operating, investing and financing cash flows for the Company’s discontinued operations: 

Year ended March 31, 

2019

2018 

2017

Cash provided by operating activities: 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities: 
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities: 

$

$

3,553,854 $
1,138,084
(17,126,000) $

19,511,343   $ 
(3,649,778)   
—   $ 

16,660,950
(17,648,839)
1,100,000

(18)  Subsequent Events 

Acquisition of Loans 

The Company purchased approximately $45.0 million in loans from a competitor in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. This 
purchase did not qualify as a significant amount of assets. 

Management  is  not  aware  of  any  significant  events  occurring  subsequent  to  the  balance  sheet  date  that  would  have  a 
material effect on the financial statements thereby requiring adjustment or disclosure. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a – 
15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We have assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting 
as of March 31, 2019. Our assessment was based on criteria established in the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 

Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles.  Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: 

(1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  our  transactions  and 

dispositions of our assets; 

(2)  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of our management and board of directors; and 

(3)  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of 

our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, any 
assumptions regarding internal control over financial reporting in future periods based on an evaluation of effectiveness in a 
prior period are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Based on using the COSO criteria, we believe our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2019 was effective. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual 
Report and has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their 
report. 

By:   /s/ R. Chad Prashad 
R. Chad Prashad 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

By:   /s/ John L. Calmes, Jr. 
John L. Calmes, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and 
Strategy Officer
Date: May 24, 2019 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of World Acceptance Corporation and subsidiaries 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 
We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  World  Acceptance  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  (the 
Company)  as  of  March  31,  2019  and  2018,  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income, 
shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, and the related notes to the 
consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, 
in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations 
and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States) (PCAOB),  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated May 24, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules 
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due 
to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial 
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ RSM US LLP 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014. 

Raleigh, North Carolina 
May 24, 2019 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of World Acceptance Corporation and subsidiaries 

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
We have audited World Acceptance Corporation and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of 
March  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  in  2013.  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material 
respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal 
Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  March  31,  2019  and  2018  and  the  related  consolidated 
statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period 
ended March 31, 2019, and our report dated May 24, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion. 

Basis for Opinion 
The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on 
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all 
material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on 
the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting principles.  A  company's  internal  control  over financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  Company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or 
disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ RSM US LLP 

Raleigh, North Carolina 
May 24, 2019 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

The  Company  had  no  disagreements  on  accounting  or  financial  disclosure  matters  with  its  independent  registered  public 
accounting firm to report under this Item 9. 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Based on management’s evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as 
of the end of the period covered by this report, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded 
that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, are effective 
to  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the 
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  as 
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the 
Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  our 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. 

Management  assessed  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  March  31,  2019,  the  end  of  our  fiscal  year. 
Management  based  its  assessment  on  criteria  established  in  the  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Management’s assessment included evaluation 
of  elements  such  as  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  key  financial  reporting  controls,  process  documentation, 
accounting policies, and our overall control environment. 

Based on our assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the 
end  of  the  fiscal  year  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Management’s Report on Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. We reviewed the results of management’s assessment with 
the Audit Compliance Committee of our Board of Directors. 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, RSM US LLP, independently assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  RSM  US  LLP  has  issued  an  attestation  report  concurring  with  management’s 
assessment, which is included at the end of Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls 

Our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure 
controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control 
system,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  not  absolute,  assurance  that  the  control 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the 
benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, 
no  evaluation  of  controls  can  provide  absolute  assurance  that  misstatements  due  to  error  or  fraud  will  not  occur  or  that  all 
control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments 
in  decision-making  can  be  faulty  and  that  breakdowns  can  occur  because  of  simple  error  or  mistake.  Controls  can  also  be 
circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the 
controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and 
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  design  will  succeed  in  achieving  its  stated  goals  under  all  potential  future  conditions. 
Projections  of  any  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  controls  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  risks.  Over  time,  controls  may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

None. 

97 

 
 
 
 
PART III. 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Information contained under the captions “Proposal 1 - Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Delinquent Section 
16(a)  Reports”  in  the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  in  response  to  this  Item  10. The  information  in 
response to this Item 10 regarding the executive officers of the Company is contained in Item 1, Part I hereof under the caption 
“Information about our Executive Officers.” 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Information contained under the captions “Corporate Governance,” “Executive Compensation,” “Director Compensation,” and 
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 
11.  The  “Report  of  the  Compensation  Committee”  in  the  Proxy  Statement,  which  shall  be  deemed  furnished,  but  not  filed 
herewith, is incorporated herein by reference in response to this Item 11. 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information contained under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity 
Compensation Plan Information” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein in response to this Item 12. 

For additional information on our stock option plans, see Note 12 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the 
year ended March 31, 2019. 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Information  contained  under  the  captions  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Person  Transactions”  and  “Corporate 
Governance” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 13. 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information  contained  under  the  caption  “Proposal  3  -  Ratification  of  Appointment  of  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference in response to this Item 14. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV. 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)(1)  The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company  and  Report  of  Independent  Registered 
Public Accounting Firm are filed as part of this Annual Report under Item 8. 

Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2019 and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  March 31,  2019,  2018,  and 

2017 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules 

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under 
the  related  instructions,  are  inapplicable,  or  the  required  information  is  included  elsewhere  in  the  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

(a)(3)  Exhibits 

The list of exhibits filed as a part of this Form 10-K is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signatures to 
this Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference in this Item 15(a)(3). 

(b) 

Exhibits 

The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(c) 

Separate Financial Statements and Schedules 

Financial statement schedules have been omitted since the required information is included in our Consolidated Financial 
Statements contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Item 16. 

Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

WORLD ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION 

By:   /s/ R. Chad Prashad 
R. Chad Prashad
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Date: May 24, 2019 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ R. Chad Prashad 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Signing on behalf of the registrant and as principal 
executive officer 

/s/ John L. Calmes, Jr. 

John L. Calmes, Jr. 

  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  and  Strategy 

Officer 

  Signing on behalf of the registrant and as principal financial 

officer 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

/s/ Scott McIntyre 

Scott McIntyre 
Senior Vice President of Accounting 
Signing on behalf of the registrant and as principal 
accounting officer 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

/s/ Ken R. Bramlett, Jr. 

/s/ Scott J. Vassalluzzo 

Ken R. Bramlett, Jr. 
Chairman of the Board of Directors and a Director 

  Scott J. Vassalluzzo 
  Director 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

/s/ Charles D. Way 

Charles D. Way 
Director 

/s/ Darrell Whitaker 

  Darrell Whitaker 
  Director 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

Date:  May 24, 2019 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS  

Ken R. Bramlett Jr. 
Private Investor   

Darrell E. Whitaker 
President and Chief Operating Officer  
IMI Resort Holdings, Inc. 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
World Acceptance Corporation 

CORPORATE OFFICERS 

Charles D. Way 
Private Investor 

Scott J. Vassalluzzo 
Managing Member 
Prescott General Partners LLC 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Jeff L. Tinney 
Senior Vice President, Western Division 

John L. Calmes, Jr. 
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Strategy Officer 
and Treasurer 

D. Clinton Dyer 
Executive Vice President, Chief Branch Operations Officer 

Luke J. Umstetter 
Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel 

Scott McIntyre 
Senior Vice President, Accounting 

A. Lindsay Caulder 
Senior Vice President, Human Resources 

Jason E. Childers 
Senior Vice President, Information Technology 

Kristin M. Hand Dunn  
Senior Vice President, Marketing 

Chris M. Simonetti 
Senior Vice President, Strategy and Analytics 

Zachary W. Denton 
Vice President, Predictive Analytics 

Brian D. Hoff 
Vice President, IT Business Applications 

Keith T. Littrell 
Vice President, Tax and Assistant Secretary 

Thomas M. Wagner, Jr. 
Vice President, Customer Success 

Erik T. Brown 
Senior Vice President, Central Division 

Jackie C. Willyard 
Senior Vice President, Southeastern Division 

Stephen A. Bifano 
Vice President of Operations, South Carolina 

James Edward Cain  
Vice President of Operations, Kentucky 

Jose A. Carreon  
Vice President of Operations, Alabama 

Rudolph R. Cruz  
Vice President of Operations, Northwest Texas 

Rodney D. Ernest 
Vice President of Operations, Northeast Texas 

Steven E. Holt 
Vice President of Operations, Indiana and Wisconsin 

Michael Imig  
Vice President of Operations, Missouri 

James W. Littlepage  
Vice President of Operations, Tennessee 

Charles David Minick 
Vice President of Operations, Southwest Texas 

Scot H. Mozingo 
Vice President of Operations, Georgia 

Rodney Owens  
Vice President of Operations, Oklahoma 

Melissa C. Ulrich  
Vice President of Operations, Illinois 

Patrick Williams  
Vice President of Operations, Louisiana and Mississippi 

Christopher Vela  
Vice President of Operations, New Mexico, Idaho, and Utah 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION 

Common Stock 

Transfer Agent 

World Acceptance  Corporation’s  common  stock 
trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the 
symbol: WRLD. As of June 27, 2019, there were 31 
shareholders  of  record  and  the  Company  believes 
there  are  a  significant  number  of  persons  or  entities 
who  hold  their  stock  in  nominee  or  “street”  names 
through various brokerage firms.  On this date, there 
were 9,190,617 shares of common stock outstanding. 

The  table  below  reflects  the  stock  prices 
published  by  Nasdaq  by  quarter  for  the  last  two 
fiscal  years.  The  last  reported  sales  price  on  June 
27, 2019 was $163.86. 

Market Price of Common Stock 

Fiscal 2019 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company 
10150 Mallard Creek Drive, Suite 307 
Charlotte, North Carolina 28262 
(718) 921-8522 

Legal Counsel 

Womble Bond Dickinson (US) LLP  
550 South Main Street, Suite 400 
Greenville, SC 29601 

Independent Registered Public Accounting  
Firm 

RSM US LLP 
1201 Edwards Mill Road, Suite 300 
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 

Quarter 

  High 

  Low 

Annual Report on Form 10-K 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

$  125.13 
125.14 
114.39 
124.46 

$  100.05 
99.90 
89.78 
99.90 

Fiscal 2018 

Quarter 

  High 

  Low 

First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

$  88.26 
84.58 
87.87 
121.17 

$  49.26 
71.51 
71.02 
80.35 

The Company has never paid a dividend on its 
Common  Stock.    The  Company  presently  intends 
to  retain  its  earnings  to  finance  the  growth  and 
development of its business and does not expect to 
pay  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.    The 
Company’s  debt  agreements  also  contain  certain 
limitations  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  pay 
dividends.  

Executive Offices 

World Acceptance Corporation 
Post Office Box 6429 (29606) 
108 Frederick Street (29607) 
Greenville, South Carolina 
(864) 298-9800 

A copy of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission,  may  be  obtained  without  charge  by 
writing to the Corporate Secretary at the executive 
offices  of  the  Company.    In  addition  to  the  copy 
contained  herein,  the  Form  10-K  can  also  be 
reviewed  or  downloaded  from  the  Company’s 
website: http://www.loansbyworld.com.  

For Further Information 

R. Chad Prashad 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
World Acceptance Corporation 
(864) 298-9800 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Annual Report